mirror of
https://github.com/postgres/postgres.git
synced 2025-04-21 12:05:57 +03:00
10251 lines
261 KiB
C
10251 lines
261 KiB
C
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* guc.c
|
|
*
|
|
* Support for grand unified configuration scheme, including SET
|
|
* command, configuration file, and command line options.
|
|
* See src/backend/utils/misc/README for more information.
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* Copyright (c) 2000-2016, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
|
|
* Written by Peter Eisentraut <peter_e@gmx.net>.
|
|
*
|
|
* IDENTIFICATION
|
|
* src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c
|
|
*
|
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
#include "postgres.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
|
#include <float.h>
|
|
#include <math.h>
|
|
#include <limits.h>
|
|
#include <unistd.h>
|
|
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
|
|
#include <syslog.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include "access/commit_ts.h"
|
|
#include "access/gin.h"
|
|
#include "access/transam.h"
|
|
#include "access/twophase.h"
|
|
#include "access/xact.h"
|
|
#include "catalog/namespace.h"
|
|
#include "commands/async.h"
|
|
#include "commands/prepare.h"
|
|
#include "commands/vacuum.h"
|
|
#include "commands/variable.h"
|
|
#include "commands/trigger.h"
|
|
#include "funcapi.h"
|
|
#include "libpq/auth.h"
|
|
#include "libpq/be-fsstubs.h"
|
|
#include "libpq/libpq.h"
|
|
#include "libpq/pqformat.h"
|
|
#include "miscadmin.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/cost.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/geqo.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/paths.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/planmain.h"
|
|
#include "parser/parse_expr.h"
|
|
#include "parser/parse_type.h"
|
|
#include "parser/parser.h"
|
|
#include "parser/scansup.h"
|
|
#include "pgstat.h"
|
|
#include "postmaster/autovacuum.h"
|
|
#include "postmaster/bgworker.h"
|
|
#include "postmaster/bgwriter.h"
|
|
#include "postmaster/postmaster.h"
|
|
#include "postmaster/syslogger.h"
|
|
#include "postmaster/walwriter.h"
|
|
#include "replication/slot.h"
|
|
#include "replication/syncrep.h"
|
|
#include "replication/walreceiver.h"
|
|
#include "replication/walsender.h"
|
|
#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
|
|
#include "storage/dsm_impl.h"
|
|
#include "storage/standby.h"
|
|
#include "storage/fd.h"
|
|
#include "storage/pg_shmem.h"
|
|
#include "storage/proc.h"
|
|
#include "storage/predicate.h"
|
|
#include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
|
|
#include "tsearch/ts_cache.h"
|
|
#include "utils/builtins.h"
|
|
#include "utils/bytea.h"
|
|
#include "utils/guc_tables.h"
|
|
#include "utils/memutils.h"
|
|
#include "utils/pg_locale.h"
|
|
#include "utils/plancache.h"
|
|
#include "utils/portal.h"
|
|
#include "utils/ps_status.h"
|
|
#include "utils/rls.h"
|
|
#include "utils/snapmgr.h"
|
|
#include "utils/tzparser.h"
|
|
#include "utils/xml.h"
|
|
|
|
#ifndef PG_KRB_SRVTAB
|
|
#define PG_KRB_SRVTAB ""
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define CONFIG_FILENAME "postgresql.conf"
|
|
#define HBA_FILENAME "pg_hba.conf"
|
|
#define IDENT_FILENAME "pg_ident.conf"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
|
|
#define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS "global/config_exec_params"
|
|
#define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW "global/config_exec_params.new"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Precision with which REAL type guc values are to be printed for GUC
|
|
* serialization.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define REALTYPE_PRECISION 17
|
|
|
|
/* XXX these should appear in other modules' header files */
|
|
extern bool Log_disconnections;
|
|
extern int CommitDelay;
|
|
extern int CommitSiblings;
|
|
extern char *default_tablespace;
|
|
extern char *temp_tablespaces;
|
|
extern bool ignore_checksum_failure;
|
|
extern bool synchronize_seqscans;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TRACE_SYNCSCAN
|
|
extern bool trace_syncscan;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_BOUNDED_SORT
|
|
extern bool optimize_bounded_sort;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static int GUC_check_errcode_value;
|
|
|
|
/* global variables for check hook support */
|
|
char *GUC_check_errmsg_string;
|
|
char *GUC_check_errdetail_string;
|
|
char *GUC_check_errhint_string;
|
|
|
|
static void do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(3, 4);
|
|
|
|
static void set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile,
|
|
int sourceline);
|
|
static bool call_bool_check_hook(struct config_bool * conf, bool *newval,
|
|
void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
|
|
static bool call_int_check_hook(struct config_int * conf, int *newval,
|
|
void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
|
|
static bool call_real_check_hook(struct config_real * conf, double *newval,
|
|
void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
|
|
static bool call_string_check_hook(struct config_string * conf, char **newval,
|
|
void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
|
|
static bool call_enum_check_hook(struct config_enum * conf, int *newval,
|
|
void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
|
|
|
|
static bool check_log_destination(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static void assign_log_destination(const char *newval, void *extra);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
|
|
static int syslog_facility = LOG_LOCAL0;
|
|
#else
|
|
static int syslog_facility = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void assign_syslog_facility(int newval, void *extra);
|
|
static void assign_syslog_ident(const char *newval, void *extra);
|
|
static void assign_session_replication_role(int newval, void *extra);
|
|
static bool check_temp_buffers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_bonjour(bool *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_ssl(bool *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_stage_log_stats(bool *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_log_stats(bool *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_canonical_path(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_timezone_abbreviations(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static void assign_timezone_abbreviations(const char *newval, void *extra);
|
|
static void pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void);
|
|
static const char *show_archive_command(void);
|
|
static void assign_tcp_keepalives_idle(int newval, void *extra);
|
|
static void assign_tcp_keepalives_interval(int newval, void *extra);
|
|
static void assign_tcp_keepalives_count(int newval, void *extra);
|
|
static const char *show_tcp_keepalives_idle(void);
|
|
static const char *show_tcp_keepalives_interval(void);
|
|
static const char *show_tcp_keepalives_count(void);
|
|
static bool check_maxconnections(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_max_worker_processes(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_autovacuum_max_workers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_autovacuum_work_mem(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static bool check_effective_io_concurrency(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static void assign_effective_io_concurrency(int newval, void *extra);
|
|
static void assign_pgstat_temp_directory(const char *newval, void *extra);
|
|
static bool check_application_name(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static void assign_application_name(const char *newval, void *extra);
|
|
static bool check_cluster_name(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source);
|
|
static const char *show_unix_socket_permissions(void);
|
|
static const char *show_log_file_mode(void);
|
|
|
|
/* Private functions in guc-file.l that need to be called from guc.c */
|
|
static ConfigVariable *ProcessConfigFileInternal(GucContext context,
|
|
bool applySettings, int elevel);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Options for enum values defined in this module.
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE! Option values may not contain double quotes!
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry bytea_output_options[] = {
|
|
{"escape", BYTEA_OUTPUT_ESCAPE, false},
|
|
{"hex", BYTEA_OUTPUT_HEX, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have different sets for client and server message level options because
|
|
* they sort slightly different (see "log" level)
|
|
*/
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry client_message_level_options[] = {
|
|
{"debug", DEBUG2, true},
|
|
{"debug5", DEBUG5, false},
|
|
{"debug4", DEBUG4, false},
|
|
{"debug3", DEBUG3, false},
|
|
{"debug2", DEBUG2, false},
|
|
{"debug1", DEBUG1, false},
|
|
{"log", LOG, false},
|
|
{"info", INFO, true},
|
|
{"notice", NOTICE, false},
|
|
{"warning", WARNING, false},
|
|
{"error", ERROR, false},
|
|
{"fatal", FATAL, true},
|
|
{"panic", PANIC, true},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry server_message_level_options[] = {
|
|
{"debug", DEBUG2, true},
|
|
{"debug5", DEBUG5, false},
|
|
{"debug4", DEBUG4, false},
|
|
{"debug3", DEBUG3, false},
|
|
{"debug2", DEBUG2, false},
|
|
{"debug1", DEBUG1, false},
|
|
{"info", INFO, false},
|
|
{"notice", NOTICE, false},
|
|
{"warning", WARNING, false},
|
|
{"error", ERROR, false},
|
|
{"log", LOG, false},
|
|
{"fatal", FATAL, false},
|
|
{"panic", PANIC, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry intervalstyle_options[] = {
|
|
{"postgres", INTSTYLE_POSTGRES, false},
|
|
{"postgres_verbose", INTSTYLE_POSTGRES_VERBOSE, false},
|
|
{"sql_standard", INTSTYLE_SQL_STANDARD, false},
|
|
{"iso_8601", INTSTYLE_ISO_8601, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry log_error_verbosity_options[] = {
|
|
{"terse", PGERROR_TERSE, false},
|
|
{"default", PGERROR_DEFAULT, false},
|
|
{"verbose", PGERROR_VERBOSE, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry log_statement_options[] = {
|
|
{"none", LOGSTMT_NONE, false},
|
|
{"ddl", LOGSTMT_DDL, false},
|
|
{"mod", LOGSTMT_MOD, false},
|
|
{"all", LOGSTMT_ALL, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry isolation_level_options[] = {
|
|
{"serializable", XACT_SERIALIZABLE, false},
|
|
{"repeatable read", XACT_REPEATABLE_READ, false},
|
|
{"read committed", XACT_READ_COMMITTED, false},
|
|
{"read uncommitted", XACT_READ_UNCOMMITTED, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry session_replication_role_options[] = {
|
|
{"origin", SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_ORIGIN, false},
|
|
{"replica", SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_REPLICA, false},
|
|
{"local", SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_LOCAL, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry syslog_facility_options[] = {
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
|
|
{"local0", LOG_LOCAL0, false},
|
|
{"local1", LOG_LOCAL1, false},
|
|
{"local2", LOG_LOCAL2, false},
|
|
{"local3", LOG_LOCAL3, false},
|
|
{"local4", LOG_LOCAL4, false},
|
|
{"local5", LOG_LOCAL5, false},
|
|
{"local6", LOG_LOCAL6, false},
|
|
{"local7", LOG_LOCAL7, false},
|
|
#else
|
|
{"none", 0, false},
|
|
#endif
|
|
{NULL, 0}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry track_function_options[] = {
|
|
{"none", TRACK_FUNC_OFF, false},
|
|
{"pl", TRACK_FUNC_PL, false},
|
|
{"all", TRACK_FUNC_ALL, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry xmlbinary_options[] = {
|
|
{"base64", XMLBINARY_BASE64, false},
|
|
{"hex", XMLBINARY_HEX, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry xmloption_options[] = {
|
|
{"content", XMLOPTION_CONTENT, false},
|
|
{"document", XMLOPTION_DOCUMENT, false},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Although only "on", "off", and "safe_encoding" are documented, we
|
|
* accept all the likely variants of "on" and "off".
|
|
*/
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry backslash_quote_options[] = {
|
|
{"safe_encoding", BACKSLASH_QUOTE_SAFE_ENCODING, false},
|
|
{"on", BACKSLASH_QUOTE_ON, false},
|
|
{"off", BACKSLASH_QUOTE_OFF, false},
|
|
{"true", BACKSLASH_QUOTE_ON, true},
|
|
{"false", BACKSLASH_QUOTE_OFF, true},
|
|
{"yes", BACKSLASH_QUOTE_ON, true},
|
|
{"no", BACKSLASH_QUOTE_OFF, true},
|
|
{"1", BACKSLASH_QUOTE_ON, true},
|
|
{"0", BACKSLASH_QUOTE_OFF, true},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Although only "on", "off", and "partition" are documented, we
|
|
* accept all the likely variants of "on" and "off".
|
|
*/
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry constraint_exclusion_options[] = {
|
|
{"partition", CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_PARTITION, false},
|
|
{"on", CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_ON, false},
|
|
{"off", CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_OFF, false},
|
|
{"true", CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_ON, true},
|
|
{"false", CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_OFF, true},
|
|
{"yes", CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_ON, true},
|
|
{"no", CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_OFF, true},
|
|
{"1", CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_ON, true},
|
|
{"0", CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_OFF, true},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Although only "on", "off", "remote_write", and "local" are documented, we
|
|
* accept all the likely variants of "on" and "off".
|
|
*/
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry synchronous_commit_options[] = {
|
|
{"local", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_LOCAL_FLUSH, false},
|
|
{"remote_write", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_REMOTE_WRITE, false},
|
|
{"on", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_ON, false},
|
|
{"off", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_OFF, false},
|
|
{"true", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_ON, true},
|
|
{"false", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_OFF, true},
|
|
{"yes", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_ON, true},
|
|
{"no", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_OFF, true},
|
|
{"1", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_ON, true},
|
|
{"0", SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_OFF, true},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Although only "on", "off", "try" are documented, we accept all the likely
|
|
* variants of "on" and "off".
|
|
*/
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry huge_pages_options[] = {
|
|
{"off", HUGE_PAGES_OFF, false},
|
|
{"on", HUGE_PAGES_ON, false},
|
|
{"try", HUGE_PAGES_TRY, false},
|
|
{"true", HUGE_PAGES_ON, true},
|
|
{"false", HUGE_PAGES_OFF, true},
|
|
{"yes", HUGE_PAGES_ON, true},
|
|
{"no", HUGE_PAGES_OFF, true},
|
|
{"1", HUGE_PAGES_ON, true},
|
|
{"0", HUGE_PAGES_OFF, true},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const struct config_enum_entry force_parallel_mode_options[] = {
|
|
{"off", FORCE_PARALLEL_OFF, false},
|
|
{"on", FORCE_PARALLEL_ON, false},
|
|
{"regress", FORCE_PARALLEL_REGRESS, false},
|
|
{"true", FORCE_PARALLEL_ON, true},
|
|
{"false", FORCE_PARALLEL_OFF, true},
|
|
{"yes", FORCE_PARALLEL_ON, true},
|
|
{"no", FORCE_PARALLEL_OFF, true},
|
|
{"1", FORCE_PARALLEL_ON, true},
|
|
{"0", FORCE_PARALLEL_OFF, true},
|
|
{NULL, 0, false}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Options for enum values stored in other modules
|
|
*/
|
|
extern const struct config_enum_entry wal_level_options[];
|
|
extern const struct config_enum_entry archive_mode_options[];
|
|
extern const struct config_enum_entry sync_method_options[];
|
|
extern const struct config_enum_entry dynamic_shared_memory_options[];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* GUC option variables that are exported from this module
|
|
*/
|
|
bool log_duration = false;
|
|
bool Debug_print_plan = false;
|
|
bool Debug_print_parse = false;
|
|
bool Debug_print_rewritten = false;
|
|
bool Debug_pretty_print = true;
|
|
|
|
bool log_parser_stats = false;
|
|
bool log_planner_stats = false;
|
|
bool log_executor_stats = false;
|
|
bool log_statement_stats = false; /* this is sort of all three
|
|
* above together */
|
|
bool log_btree_build_stats = false;
|
|
char *event_source;
|
|
|
|
bool row_security;
|
|
bool check_function_bodies = true;
|
|
bool default_with_oids = false;
|
|
bool SQL_inheritance = true;
|
|
|
|
bool Password_encryption = true;
|
|
|
|
int log_min_error_statement = ERROR;
|
|
int log_min_messages = WARNING;
|
|
int client_min_messages = NOTICE;
|
|
int log_min_duration_statement = -1;
|
|
int log_temp_files = -1;
|
|
int trace_recovery_messages = LOG;
|
|
|
|
int temp_file_limit = -1;
|
|
|
|
int num_temp_buffers = 1024;
|
|
|
|
char *cluster_name = "";
|
|
char *ConfigFileName;
|
|
char *HbaFileName;
|
|
char *IdentFileName;
|
|
char *external_pid_file;
|
|
|
|
char *pgstat_temp_directory;
|
|
|
|
char *application_name;
|
|
|
|
int tcp_keepalives_idle;
|
|
int tcp_keepalives_interval;
|
|
int tcp_keepalives_count;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SSL renegotiation was been removed in PostgreSQL 9.5, but we tolerate it
|
|
* being set to zero (meaning never renegotiate) for backward compatibility.
|
|
* This avoids breaking compatibility with clients that have never supported
|
|
* renegotiation and therefore always try to zero it.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ssl_renegotiation_limit;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This really belongs in pg_shmem.c, but is defined here so that it doesn't
|
|
* need to be duplicated in all the different implementations of pg_shmem.c.
|
|
*/
|
|
int huge_pages;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* These variables are all dummies that don't do anything, except in some
|
|
* cases provide the value for SHOW to display. The real state is elsewhere
|
|
* and is kept in sync by assign_hooks.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *syslog_ident_str;
|
|
static bool session_auth_is_superuser;
|
|
static double phony_random_seed;
|
|
static char *client_encoding_string;
|
|
static char *datestyle_string;
|
|
static char *locale_collate;
|
|
static char *locale_ctype;
|
|
static char *server_encoding_string;
|
|
static char *server_version_string;
|
|
static int server_version_num;
|
|
static char *timezone_string;
|
|
static char *log_timezone_string;
|
|
static char *timezone_abbreviations_string;
|
|
static char *XactIsoLevel_string;
|
|
static char *data_directory;
|
|
static char *session_authorization_string;
|
|
static int max_function_args;
|
|
static int max_index_keys;
|
|
static int max_identifier_length;
|
|
static int block_size;
|
|
static int segment_size;
|
|
static int wal_block_size;
|
|
static bool data_checksums;
|
|
static int wal_segment_size;
|
|
static bool integer_datetimes;
|
|
static bool assert_enabled;
|
|
|
|
/* should be static, but commands/variable.c needs to get at this */
|
|
char *role_string;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Displayable names for context types (enum GucContext)
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: these strings are deliberately not localized.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *const GucContext_Names[] =
|
|
{
|
|
/* PGC_INTERNAL */ "internal",
|
|
/* PGC_POSTMASTER */ "postmaster",
|
|
/* PGC_SIGHUP */ "sighup",
|
|
/* PGC_SU_BACKEND */ "superuser-backend",
|
|
/* PGC_BACKEND */ "backend",
|
|
/* PGC_SUSET */ "superuser",
|
|
/* PGC_USERSET */ "user"
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Displayable names for source types (enum GucSource)
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: these strings are deliberately not localized.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *const GucSource_Names[] =
|
|
{
|
|
/* PGC_S_DEFAULT */ "default",
|
|
/* PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT */ "default",
|
|
/* PGC_S_ENV_VAR */ "environment variable",
|
|
/* PGC_S_FILE */ "configuration file",
|
|
/* PGC_S_ARGV */ "command line",
|
|
/* PGC_S_GLOBAL */ "global",
|
|
/* PGC_S_DATABASE */ "database",
|
|
/* PGC_S_USER */ "user",
|
|
/* PGC_S_DATABASE_USER */ "database user",
|
|
/* PGC_S_CLIENT */ "client",
|
|
/* PGC_S_OVERRIDE */ "override",
|
|
/* PGC_S_INTERACTIVE */ "interactive",
|
|
/* PGC_S_TEST */ "test",
|
|
/* PGC_S_SESSION */ "session"
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Displayable names for the groupings defined in enum config_group
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *const config_group_names[] =
|
|
{
|
|
/* UNGROUPED */
|
|
gettext_noop("Ungrouped"),
|
|
/* FILE_LOCATIONS */
|
|
gettext_noop("File Locations"),
|
|
/* CONN_AUTH */
|
|
gettext_noop("Connections and Authentication"),
|
|
/* CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Connections and Authentication / Connection Settings"),
|
|
/* CONN_AUTH_SECURITY */
|
|
gettext_noop("Connections and Authentication / Security and Authentication"),
|
|
/* RESOURCES */
|
|
gettext_noop("Resource Usage"),
|
|
/* RESOURCES_MEM */
|
|
gettext_noop("Resource Usage / Memory"),
|
|
/* RESOURCES_DISK */
|
|
gettext_noop("Resource Usage / Disk"),
|
|
/* RESOURCES_KERNEL */
|
|
gettext_noop("Resource Usage / Kernel Resources"),
|
|
/* RESOURCES_VACUUM_DELAY */
|
|
gettext_noop("Resource Usage / Cost-Based Vacuum Delay"),
|
|
/* RESOURCES_BGWRITER */
|
|
gettext_noop("Resource Usage / Background Writer"),
|
|
/* RESOURCES_ASYNCHRONOUS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Resource Usage / Asynchronous Behavior"),
|
|
/* WAL */
|
|
gettext_noop("Write-Ahead Log"),
|
|
/* WAL_SETTINGS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Write-Ahead Log / Settings"),
|
|
/* WAL_CHECKPOINTS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Write-Ahead Log / Checkpoints"),
|
|
/* WAL_ARCHIVING */
|
|
gettext_noop("Write-Ahead Log / Archiving"),
|
|
/* REPLICATION */
|
|
gettext_noop("Replication"),
|
|
/* REPLICATION_SENDING */
|
|
gettext_noop("Replication / Sending Servers"),
|
|
/* REPLICATION_MASTER */
|
|
gettext_noop("Replication / Master Server"),
|
|
/* REPLICATION_STANDBY */
|
|
gettext_noop("Replication / Standby Servers"),
|
|
/* QUERY_TUNING */
|
|
gettext_noop("Query Tuning"),
|
|
/* QUERY_TUNING_METHOD */
|
|
gettext_noop("Query Tuning / Planner Method Configuration"),
|
|
/* QUERY_TUNING_COST */
|
|
gettext_noop("Query Tuning / Planner Cost Constants"),
|
|
/* QUERY_TUNING_GEQO */
|
|
gettext_noop("Query Tuning / Genetic Query Optimizer"),
|
|
/* QUERY_TUNING_OTHER */
|
|
gettext_noop("Query Tuning / Other Planner Options"),
|
|
/* LOGGING */
|
|
gettext_noop("Reporting and Logging"),
|
|
/* LOGGING_WHERE */
|
|
gettext_noop("Reporting and Logging / Where to Log"),
|
|
/* LOGGING_WHEN */
|
|
gettext_noop("Reporting and Logging / When to Log"),
|
|
/* LOGGING_WHAT */
|
|
gettext_noop("Reporting and Logging / What to Log"),
|
|
/* PROCESS_TITLE */
|
|
gettext_noop("Process Title"),
|
|
/* STATS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Statistics"),
|
|
/* STATS_MONITORING */
|
|
gettext_noop("Statistics / Monitoring"),
|
|
/* STATS_COLLECTOR */
|
|
gettext_noop("Statistics / Query and Index Statistics Collector"),
|
|
/* AUTOVACUUM */
|
|
gettext_noop("Autovacuum"),
|
|
/* CLIENT_CONN */
|
|
gettext_noop("Client Connection Defaults"),
|
|
/* CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT */
|
|
gettext_noop("Client Connection Defaults / Statement Behavior"),
|
|
/* CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE */
|
|
gettext_noop("Client Connection Defaults / Locale and Formatting"),
|
|
/* CLIENT_CONN_PRELOAD */
|
|
gettext_noop("Client Connection Defaults / Shared Library Preloading"),
|
|
/* CLIENT_CONN_OTHER */
|
|
gettext_noop("Client Connection Defaults / Other Defaults"),
|
|
/* LOCK_MANAGEMENT */
|
|
gettext_noop("Lock Management"),
|
|
/* COMPAT_OPTIONS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Version and Platform Compatibility"),
|
|
/* COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Version and Platform Compatibility / Previous PostgreSQL Versions"),
|
|
/* COMPAT_OPTIONS_CLIENT */
|
|
gettext_noop("Version and Platform Compatibility / Other Platforms and Clients"),
|
|
/* ERROR_HANDLING */
|
|
gettext_noop("Error Handling"),
|
|
/* PRESET_OPTIONS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Preset Options"),
|
|
/* CUSTOM_OPTIONS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Customized Options"),
|
|
/* DEVELOPER_OPTIONS */
|
|
gettext_noop("Developer Options"),
|
|
/* help_config wants this array to be null-terminated */
|
|
NULL
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Displayable names for GUC variable types (enum config_type)
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: these strings are deliberately not localized.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *const config_type_names[] =
|
|
{
|
|
/* PGC_BOOL */ "bool",
|
|
/* PGC_INT */ "integer",
|
|
/* PGC_REAL */ "real",
|
|
/* PGC_STRING */ "string",
|
|
/* PGC_ENUM */ "enum"
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unit conversion tables.
|
|
*
|
|
* There are two tables, one for memory units, and another for time units.
|
|
* For each supported conversion from one unit to another, we have an entry
|
|
* in the table.
|
|
*
|
|
* To keep things simple, and to avoid intermediate-value overflows,
|
|
* conversions are never chained. There needs to be a direct conversion
|
|
* between all units (of the same type).
|
|
*
|
|
* The conversions from each base unit must be kept in order from greatest
|
|
* to smallest unit; convert_from_base_unit() relies on that. (The order of
|
|
* the base units does not matter.)
|
|
*/
|
|
#define MAX_UNIT_LEN 3 /* length of longest recognized unit string */
|
|
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
{
|
|
char unit[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1]; /* unit, as a string, like "kB" or
|
|
* "min" */
|
|
int base_unit; /* GUC_UNIT_XXX */
|
|
int multiplier; /* If positive, multiply the value with this
|
|
* for unit -> base_unit conversion. If
|
|
* negative, divide (with the absolute value) */
|
|
} unit_conversion;
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure that the constants in the tables don't overflow or underflow */
|
|
#if BLCKSZ < 1024 || BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
|
|
#error BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if XLOG_BLCKSZ < 1024 || XLOG_BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
|
|
#error XLOG_BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if XLOG_SEG_SIZE < (1024*1024) || XLOG_BLCKSZ > (1024*1024*1024)
|
|
#error XLOG_SEG_SIZE must be between 1MB and 1GB
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static const char *memory_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"kB\", \"MB\", \"GB\", and \"TB\".");
|
|
|
|
static const unit_conversion memory_unit_conversion_table[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{"TB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024 * 1024 * 1024},
|
|
{"GB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024 * 1024},
|
|
{"MB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024},
|
|
{"kB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1},
|
|
|
|
{"TB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024 * 1024 * 1024) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
|
|
{"GB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024 * 1024) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
|
|
{"MB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1024 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
|
|
{"kB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, -(BLCKSZ / 1024)},
|
|
|
|
{"TB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024 * 1024 * 1024) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
|
|
{"GB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024 * 1024) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
|
|
{"MB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1024 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
|
|
{"kB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, -(XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
|
|
|
|
{"TB", GUC_UNIT_XSEGS, (1024 * 1024 * 1024) / (XLOG_SEG_SIZE / 1024)},
|
|
{"GB", GUC_UNIT_XSEGS, (1024 * 1024) / (XLOG_SEG_SIZE / 1024)},
|
|
{"MB", GUC_UNIT_XSEGS, -(XLOG_SEG_SIZE / (1024 * 1024))},
|
|
{"kB", GUC_UNIT_XSEGS, -(XLOG_SEG_SIZE / 1024)},
|
|
|
|
{""} /* end of table marker */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const char *time_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"ms\", \"s\", \"min\", \"h\", and \"d\".");
|
|
|
|
static const unit_conversion time_unit_conversion_table[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{"d", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60 * 24},
|
|
{"h", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60},
|
|
{"min", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60},
|
|
{"s", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000},
|
|
{"ms", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1},
|
|
|
|
{"d", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60 * 24},
|
|
{"h", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60},
|
|
{"min", GUC_UNIT_S, 60},
|
|
{"s", GUC_UNIT_S, 1},
|
|
{"ms", GUC_UNIT_S, -1000},
|
|
|
|
{"d", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60 * 24},
|
|
{"h", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60},
|
|
{"min", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1},
|
|
{"s", GUC_UNIT_MIN, -60},
|
|
{"ms", GUC_UNIT_MIN, -1000 * 60},
|
|
|
|
{""} /* end of table marker */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Contents of GUC tables
|
|
*
|
|
* See src/backend/utils/misc/README for design notes.
|
|
*
|
|
* TO ADD AN OPTION:
|
|
*
|
|
* 1. Declare a global variable of type bool, int, double, or char*
|
|
* and make use of it.
|
|
*
|
|
* 2. Decide at what times it's safe to set the option. See guc.h for
|
|
* details.
|
|
*
|
|
* 3. Decide on a name, a default value, upper and lower bounds (if
|
|
* applicable), etc.
|
|
*
|
|
* 4. Add a record below.
|
|
*
|
|
* 5. Add it to src/backend/utils/misc/postgresql.conf.sample, if
|
|
* appropriate.
|
|
*
|
|
* 6. Don't forget to document the option (at least in config.sgml).
|
|
*
|
|
* 7. If it's a new GUC_LIST option you must edit pg_dumpall.c to ensure
|
|
* it is not single quoted at dump time.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
/******** option records follow ********/
|
|
|
|
static struct config_bool ConfigureNamesBool[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_seqscan", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of sequential-scan plans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_seqscan,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_indexscan", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of index-scan plans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_indexscan,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_indexonlyscan", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of index-only-scan plans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_indexonlyscan,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_bitmapscan", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of bitmap-scan plans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_bitmapscan,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_tidscan", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of TID scan plans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_tidscan,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_sort", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of explicit sort steps."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_sort,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_hashagg", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of hashed aggregation plans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_hashagg,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_material", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of materialization."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_material,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_nestloop", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of nested-loop join plans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_nestloop,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_mergejoin", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of merge join plans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_mergejoin,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"enable_hashjoin", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner's use of hash join plans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_hashjoin,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"geqo", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_GEQO,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables genetic query optimization."),
|
|
gettext_noop("This algorithm attempts to do planning without "
|
|
"exhaustive searching.")
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_geqo,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
/* Not for general use --- used by SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION */
|
|
{"is_superuser", PGC_INTERNAL, UNGROUPED,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows whether the current user is a superuser."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_REPORT | GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NO_RESET_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&session_auth_is_superuser,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"bonjour", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables advertising the server via Bonjour."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&enable_bonjour,
|
|
false,
|
|
check_bonjour, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"track_commit_timestamp", PGC_POSTMASTER, REPLICATION,
|
|
gettext_noop("Collects transaction commit time."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&track_commit_timestamp,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"ssl", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables SSL connections."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&EnableSSL,
|
|
false,
|
|
check_ssl, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"ssl_prefer_server_ciphers", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Give priority to server ciphersuite order."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&SSLPreferServerCiphers,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"fsync", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Forces synchronization of updates to disk."),
|
|
gettext_noop("The server will use the fsync() system call in several places to make "
|
|
"sure that updates are physically written to disk. This insures "
|
|
"that a database cluster will recover to a consistent state after "
|
|
"an operating system or hardware crash.")
|
|
},
|
|
&enableFsync,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"ignore_checksum_failure", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Continues processing after a checksum failure."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Detection of a checksum failure normally causes PostgreSQL to "
|
|
"report an error, aborting the current transaction. Setting "
|
|
"ignore_checksum_failure to true causes the system to ignore the failure "
|
|
"(but still report a warning), and continue processing. This "
|
|
"behavior could cause crashes or other serious problems. Only "
|
|
"has an effect if checksums are enabled."),
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&ignore_checksum_failure,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"zero_damaged_pages", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Continues processing past damaged page headers."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Detection of a damaged page header normally causes PostgreSQL to "
|
|
"report an error, aborting the current transaction. Setting "
|
|
"zero_damaged_pages to true causes the system to instead report a "
|
|
"warning, zero out the damaged page, and continue processing. This "
|
|
"behavior will destroy data, namely all the rows on the damaged page."),
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&zero_damaged_pages,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"full_page_writes", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Writes full pages to WAL when first modified after a checkpoint."),
|
|
gettext_noop("A page write in process during an operating system crash might be "
|
|
"only partially written to disk. During recovery, the row changes "
|
|
"stored in WAL are not enough to recover. This option writes "
|
|
"pages when first modified after a checkpoint to WAL so full recovery "
|
|
"is possible.")
|
|
},
|
|
&fullPageWrites,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_log_hints", PGC_POSTMASTER, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Writes full pages to WAL when first modified after a checkpoint, even for a non-critical modifications."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_log_hints,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_compression", PGC_SUSET, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Compresses full-page writes written in WAL file."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_compression,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_checkpoints", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs each checkpoint."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_checkpoints,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_connections", PGC_SU_BACKEND, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs each successful connection."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_connections,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_disconnections", PGC_SU_BACKEND, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs end of a session, including duration."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_disconnections,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_replication_commands", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs each replication command."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_replication_commands,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"debug_assertions", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows whether the running server has assertion checks enabled."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&assert_enabled,
|
|
#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
|
|
true,
|
|
#else
|
|
false,
|
|
#endif
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"exit_on_error", PGC_USERSET, ERROR_HANDLING_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Terminate session on any error."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&ExitOnAnyError,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"restart_after_crash", PGC_SIGHUP, ERROR_HANDLING_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Reinitialize server after backend crash."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&restart_after_crash,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_duration", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs the duration of each completed SQL statement."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_duration,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"debug_print_parse", PGC_USERSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs each query's parse tree."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Debug_print_parse,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"debug_print_rewritten", PGC_USERSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs each query's rewritten parse tree."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Debug_print_rewritten,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"debug_print_plan", PGC_USERSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs each query's execution plan."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Debug_print_plan,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"debug_pretty_print", PGC_USERSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Indents parse and plan tree displays."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Debug_pretty_print,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_parser_stats", PGC_SUSET, STATS_MONITORING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Writes parser performance statistics to the server log."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_parser_stats,
|
|
false,
|
|
check_stage_log_stats, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_planner_stats", PGC_SUSET, STATS_MONITORING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Writes planner performance statistics to the server log."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_planner_stats,
|
|
false,
|
|
check_stage_log_stats, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_executor_stats", PGC_SUSET, STATS_MONITORING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Writes executor performance statistics to the server log."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_executor_stats,
|
|
false,
|
|
check_stage_log_stats, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_statement_stats", PGC_SUSET, STATS_MONITORING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Writes cumulative performance statistics to the server log."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_statement_stats,
|
|
false,
|
|
check_log_stats, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
#ifdef BTREE_BUILD_STATS
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_btree_build_stats", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs system resource usage statistics (memory and CPU) on various B-tree operations."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&log_btree_build_stats,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"track_activities", PGC_SUSET, STATS_COLLECTOR,
|
|
gettext_noop("Collects information about executing commands."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the collection of information on the currently "
|
|
"executing command of each session, along with "
|
|
"the time at which that command began execution.")
|
|
},
|
|
&pgstat_track_activities,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"track_counts", PGC_SUSET, STATS_COLLECTOR,
|
|
gettext_noop("Collects statistics on database activity."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&pgstat_track_counts,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"track_io_timing", PGC_SUSET, STATS_COLLECTOR,
|
|
gettext_noop("Collects timing statistics for database I/O activity."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&track_io_timing,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"update_process_title", PGC_SUSET, PROCESS_TITLE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Updates the process title to show the active SQL command."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables updating of the process title every time a new SQL command is received by the server.")
|
|
},
|
|
&update_process_title,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"autovacuum", PGC_SIGHUP, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Starts the autovacuum subprocess."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_start_daemon,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"trace_notify", PGC_USERSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Generates debugging output for LISTEN and NOTIFY."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&Trace_notify,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
#ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
|
|
{
|
|
{"trace_locks", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Emits information about lock usage."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&Trace_locks,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"trace_userlocks", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Emits information about user lock usage."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&Trace_userlocks,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"trace_lwlocks", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Emits information about lightweight lock usage."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&Trace_lwlocks,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"debug_deadlocks", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Dumps information about all current locks when a deadlock timeout occurs."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&Debug_deadlocks,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_lock_waits", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs long lock waits."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_lock_waits,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_hostname", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Logs the host name in the connection logs."),
|
|
gettext_noop("By default, connection logs only show the IP address "
|
|
"of the connecting host. If you want them to show the host name you "
|
|
"can turn this on, but depending on your host name resolution "
|
|
"setup it might impose a non-negligible performance penalty.")
|
|
},
|
|
&log_hostname,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"sql_inheritance", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Causes subtables to be included by default in various commands."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&SQL_inheritance,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"password_encryption", PGC_USERSET, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Encrypt passwords."),
|
|
gettext_noop("When a password is specified in CREATE USER or "
|
|
"ALTER USER without writing either ENCRYPTED or UNENCRYPTED, "
|
|
"this parameter determines whether the password is to be encrypted.")
|
|
},
|
|
&Password_encryption,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"transform_null_equals", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_CLIENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Treats \"expr=NULL\" as \"expr IS NULL\"."),
|
|
gettext_noop("When turned on, expressions of the form expr = NULL "
|
|
"(or NULL = expr) are treated as expr IS NULL, that is, they "
|
|
"return true if expr evaluates to the null value, and false "
|
|
"otherwise. The correct behavior of expr = NULL is to always "
|
|
"return null (unknown).")
|
|
},
|
|
&Transform_null_equals,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"db_user_namespace", PGC_SIGHUP, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables per-database user names."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Db_user_namespace,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"default_transaction_read_only", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the default read-only status of new transactions."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&DefaultXactReadOnly,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"transaction_read_only", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the current transaction's read-only status."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NO_RESET_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&XactReadOnly,
|
|
false,
|
|
check_transaction_read_only, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"default_transaction_deferrable", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the default deferrable status of new transactions."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&DefaultXactDeferrable,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"transaction_deferrable", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Whether to defer a read-only serializable transaction until it can be executed with no possible serialization failures."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NO_RESET_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&XactDeferrable,
|
|
false,
|
|
check_transaction_deferrable, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"row_security", PGC_USERSET, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enable row security."),
|
|
gettext_noop("When enabled, row security will be applied to all users.")
|
|
},
|
|
&row_security,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"check_function_bodies", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Check function bodies during CREATE FUNCTION."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&check_function_bodies,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"array_nulls", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enable input of NULL elements in arrays."),
|
|
gettext_noop("When turned on, unquoted NULL in an array input "
|
|
"value means a null value; "
|
|
"otherwise it is taken literally.")
|
|
},
|
|
&Array_nulls,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"default_with_oids", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Create new tables with OIDs by default."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&default_with_oids,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"logging_collector", PGC_POSTMASTER, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Start a subprocess to capture stderr output and/or csvlogs into log files."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Logging_collector,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_truncate_on_rotation", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Truncate existing log files of same name during log rotation."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_truncate_on_rotation,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TRACE_SORT
|
|
{
|
|
{"trace_sort", PGC_USERSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Emit information about resource usage in sorting."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&trace_sort,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TRACE_SYNCSCAN
|
|
/* this is undocumented because not exposed in a standard build */
|
|
{
|
|
{"trace_syncscan", PGC_USERSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Generate debugging output for synchronized scanning."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&trace_syncscan,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_BOUNDED_SORT
|
|
/* this is undocumented because not exposed in a standard build */
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
"optimize_bounded_sort", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enable bounded sorting using heap sort."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&optimize_bounded_sort,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_debug", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Emit WAL-related debugging output."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&XLOG_DEBUG,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"integer_datetimes", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Datetimes are integer based."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_REPORT | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&integer_datetimes,
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
|
|
true,
|
|
#else
|
|
false,
|
|
#endif
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"krb_caseins_users", PGC_SIGHUP, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets whether Kerberos and GSSAPI user names should be treated as case-insensitive."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&pg_krb_caseins_users,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"escape_string_warning", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Warn about backslash escapes in ordinary string literals."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&escape_string_warning,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"standard_conforming_strings", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Causes '...' strings to treat backslashes literally."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_REPORT
|
|
},
|
|
&standard_conforming_strings,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"synchronize_seqscans", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enable synchronized sequential scans."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&synchronize_seqscans,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"hot_standby", PGC_POSTMASTER, REPLICATION_STANDBY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Allows connections and queries during recovery."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&EnableHotStandby,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"hot_standby_feedback", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_STANDBY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Allows feedback from a hot standby to the primary that will avoid query conflicts."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&hot_standby_feedback,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"allow_system_table_mods", PGC_POSTMASTER, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Allows modifications of the structure of system tables."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&allowSystemTableMods,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"ignore_system_indexes", PGC_BACKEND, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Disables reading from system indexes."),
|
|
gettext_noop("It does not prevent updating the indexes, so it is safe "
|
|
"to use. The worst consequence is slowness."),
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&IgnoreSystemIndexes,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"lo_compat_privileges", PGC_SUSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables backward compatibility mode for privilege checks on large objects."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Skips privilege checks when reading or modifying large objects, "
|
|
"for compatibility with PostgreSQL releases prior to 9.0.")
|
|
},
|
|
&lo_compat_privileges,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"operator_precedence_warning", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Emit a warning for constructs that changed meaning since PostgreSQL 9.4."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
},
|
|
&operator_precedence_warning,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"quote_all_identifiers", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("When generating SQL fragments, quote all identifiers."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
},
|
|
"e_all_identifiers,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"data_checksums", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows whether data checksums are turned on for this cluster."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&data_checksums,
|
|
false,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"syslog_sequence_numbers", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Add sequence number to syslog messags to avoid duplicate suppression."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&syslog_sequence_numbers,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"syslog_split_messages", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Split messages sent to syslog by lines and to fit into 1024 bytes."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&syslog_split_messages,
|
|
true,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/* End-of-list marker */
|
|
{
|
|
{NULL, 0, 0, NULL, NULL}, NULL, false, NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct config_int ConfigureNamesInt[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
{"archive_timeout", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_ARCHIVING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Forces a switch to the next xlog file if a "
|
|
"new file has not been started within N seconds."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&XLogArchiveTimeout,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX / 2,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"post_auth_delay", PGC_BACKEND, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Waits N seconds on connection startup after authentication."),
|
|
gettext_noop("This allows attaching a debugger to the process."),
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&PostAuthDelay,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX / 1000000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"default_statistics_target", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the default statistics target."),
|
|
gettext_noop("This applies to table columns that have not had a "
|
|
"column-specific target set via ALTER TABLE SET STATISTICS.")
|
|
},
|
|
&default_statistics_target,
|
|
100, 1, 10000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"from_collapse_limit", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the FROM-list size beyond which subqueries "
|
|
"are not collapsed."),
|
|
gettext_noop("The planner will merge subqueries into upper "
|
|
"queries if the resulting FROM list would have no more than "
|
|
"this many items.")
|
|
},
|
|
&from_collapse_limit,
|
|
8, 1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"join_collapse_limit", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the FROM-list size beyond which JOIN "
|
|
"constructs are not flattened."),
|
|
gettext_noop("The planner will flatten explicit JOIN "
|
|
"constructs into lists of FROM items whenever a "
|
|
"list of no more than this many items would result.")
|
|
},
|
|
&join_collapse_limit,
|
|
8, 1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"geqo_threshold", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_GEQO,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the threshold of FROM items beyond which GEQO is used."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&geqo_threshold,
|
|
12, 2, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"geqo_effort", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_GEQO,
|
|
gettext_noop("GEQO: effort is used to set the default for other GEQO parameters."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Geqo_effort,
|
|
DEFAULT_GEQO_EFFORT, MIN_GEQO_EFFORT, MAX_GEQO_EFFORT,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"geqo_pool_size", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_GEQO,
|
|
gettext_noop("GEQO: number of individuals in the population."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Zero selects a suitable default value.")
|
|
},
|
|
&Geqo_pool_size,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"geqo_generations", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_GEQO,
|
|
gettext_noop("GEQO: number of iterations of the algorithm."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Zero selects a suitable default value.")
|
|
},
|
|
&Geqo_generations,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/* This is PGC_SUSET to prevent hiding from log_lock_waits. */
|
|
{"deadlock_timeout", PGC_SUSET, LOCK_MANAGEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the time to wait on a lock before checking for deadlock."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&DeadlockTimeout,
|
|
1000, 1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_standby_archive_delay", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_STANDBY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum delay before canceling queries when a hot standby server is processing archived WAL data."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&max_standby_archive_delay,
|
|
30 * 1000, -1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_standby_streaming_delay", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_STANDBY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum delay before canceling queries when a hot standby server is processing streamed WAL data."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&max_standby_streaming_delay,
|
|
30 * 1000, -1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_receiver_status_interval", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_STANDBY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum interval between WAL receiver status reports to the primary."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_receiver_status_interval,
|
|
10, 0, INT_MAX / 1000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_receiver_timeout", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_STANDBY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum wait time to receive data from the primary."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_receiver_timeout,
|
|
60 * 1000, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_connections", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of concurrent connections."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&MaxConnections,
|
|
100, 1, MAX_BACKENDS,
|
|
check_maxconnections, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"superuser_reserved_connections", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the number of connection slots reserved for superusers."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&ReservedBackends,
|
|
3, 0, MAX_BACKENDS,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We sometimes multiply the number of shared buffers by two without
|
|
* checking for overflow, so we mustn't allow more than INT_MAX / 2.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
{"shared_buffers", PGC_POSTMASTER, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the number of shared memory buffers used by the server."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS
|
|
},
|
|
&NBuffers,
|
|
1024, 16, INT_MAX / 2,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"temp_buffers", PGC_USERSET, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of temporary buffers used by each session."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS
|
|
},
|
|
&num_temp_buffers,
|
|
1024, 100, INT_MAX / 2,
|
|
check_temp_buffers, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"port", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the TCP port the server listens on."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&PostPortNumber,
|
|
DEF_PGPORT, 1, 65535,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"unix_socket_permissions", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the access permissions of the Unix-domain socket."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Unix-domain sockets use the usual Unix file system "
|
|
"permission set. The parameter value is expected "
|
|
"to be a numeric mode specification in the form "
|
|
"accepted by the chmod and umask system calls. "
|
|
"(To use the customary octal format the number must "
|
|
"start with a 0 (zero).)")
|
|
},
|
|
&Unix_socket_permissions,
|
|
0777, 0000, 0777,
|
|
NULL, NULL, show_unix_socket_permissions
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_file_mode", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the file permissions for log files."),
|
|
gettext_noop("The parameter value is expected "
|
|
"to be a numeric mode specification in the form "
|
|
"accepted by the chmod and umask system calls. "
|
|
"(To use the customary octal format the number must "
|
|
"start with a 0 (zero).)")
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_file_mode,
|
|
0600, 0000, 0777,
|
|
NULL, NULL, show_log_file_mode
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"work_mem", PGC_USERSET, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum memory to be used for query workspaces."),
|
|
gettext_noop("This much memory can be used by each internal "
|
|
"sort operation and hash table before switching to "
|
|
"temporary disk files."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_KB
|
|
},
|
|
&work_mem,
|
|
4096, 64, MAX_KILOBYTES,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"maintenance_work_mem", PGC_USERSET, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum memory to be used for maintenance operations."),
|
|
gettext_noop("This includes operations such as VACUUM and CREATE INDEX."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_KB
|
|
},
|
|
&maintenance_work_mem,
|
|
65536, 1024, MAX_KILOBYTES,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We use the hopefully-safely-small value of 100kB as the compiled-in
|
|
* default for max_stack_depth. InitializeGUCOptions will increase it if
|
|
* possible, depending on the actual platform-specific stack limit.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_stack_depth", PGC_SUSET, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum stack depth, in kilobytes."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_KB
|
|
},
|
|
&max_stack_depth,
|
|
100, 100, MAX_KILOBYTES,
|
|
check_max_stack_depth, assign_max_stack_depth, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"temp_file_limit", PGC_SUSET, RESOURCES_DISK,
|
|
gettext_noop("Limits the total size of all temporary files used by each session."),
|
|
gettext_noop("-1 means no limit."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_KB
|
|
},
|
|
&temp_file_limit,
|
|
-1, -1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_cost_page_hit", PGC_USERSET, RESOURCES_VACUUM_DELAY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Vacuum cost for a page found in the buffer cache."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&VacuumCostPageHit,
|
|
1, 0, 10000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_cost_page_miss", PGC_USERSET, RESOURCES_VACUUM_DELAY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Vacuum cost for a page not found in the buffer cache."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&VacuumCostPageMiss,
|
|
10, 0, 10000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_cost_page_dirty", PGC_USERSET, RESOURCES_VACUUM_DELAY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Vacuum cost for a page dirtied by vacuum."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&VacuumCostPageDirty,
|
|
20, 0, 10000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_cost_limit", PGC_USERSET, RESOURCES_VACUUM_DELAY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Vacuum cost amount available before napping."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&VacuumCostLimit,
|
|
200, 1, 10000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_cost_delay", PGC_USERSET, RESOURCES_VACUUM_DELAY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Vacuum cost delay in milliseconds."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&VacuumCostDelay,
|
|
0, 0, 100,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay", PGC_SIGHUP, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Vacuum cost delay in milliseconds, for autovacuum."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_vac_cost_delay,
|
|
20, -1, 100,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit", PGC_SIGHUP, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Vacuum cost amount available before napping, for autovacuum."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_vac_cost_limit,
|
|
-1, -1, 10000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_files_per_process", PGC_POSTMASTER, RESOURCES_KERNEL,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of simultaneously open files for each server process."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&max_files_per_process,
|
|
1000, 25, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* See also CheckRequiredParameterValues() if this parameter changes
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_prepared_transactions", PGC_POSTMASTER, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of simultaneously prepared transactions."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&max_prepared_xacts,
|
|
0, 0, MAX_BACKENDS,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
#ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
|
|
{
|
|
{"trace_lock_oidmin", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the minimum OID of tables for tracking locks."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Is used to avoid output on system tables."),
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&Trace_lock_oidmin,
|
|
FirstNormalObjectId, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"trace_lock_table", PGC_SUSET, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the OID of the table with unconditionally lock tracing."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&Trace_lock_table,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"statement_timeout", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum allowed duration of any statement."),
|
|
gettext_noop("A value of 0 turns off the timeout."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&StatementTimeout,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"lock_timeout", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum allowed duration of any wait for a lock."),
|
|
gettext_noop("A value of 0 turns off the timeout."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&LockTimeout,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"idle_in_transaction_session_timeout", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum allowed duration of any idling transaction."),
|
|
gettext_noop("A value of 0 turns off the timeout."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&IdleInTransactionSessionTimeout,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_freeze_min_age", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Minimum age at which VACUUM should freeze a table row."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&vacuum_freeze_min_age,
|
|
50000000, 0, 1000000000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_freeze_table_age", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Age at which VACUUM should scan whole table to freeze tuples."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&vacuum_freeze_table_age,
|
|
150000000, 0, 2000000000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Minimum age at which VACUUM should freeze a MultiXactId in a table row."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age,
|
|
5000000, 0, 1000000000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Multixact age at which VACUUM should scan whole table to freeze tuples."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age,
|
|
150000000, 0, 2000000000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"vacuum_defer_cleanup_age", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_MASTER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Number of transactions by which VACUUM and HOT cleanup should be deferred, if any."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&vacuum_defer_cleanup_age,
|
|
0, 0, 1000000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* See also CheckRequiredParameterValues() if this parameter changes
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_locks_per_transaction", PGC_POSTMASTER, LOCK_MANAGEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of locks per transaction."),
|
|
gettext_noop("The shared lock table is sized on the assumption that "
|
|
"at most max_locks_per_transaction * max_connections distinct "
|
|
"objects will need to be locked at any one time.")
|
|
},
|
|
&max_locks_per_xact,
|
|
64, 10, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_pred_locks_per_transaction", PGC_POSTMASTER, LOCK_MANAGEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of predicate locks per transaction."),
|
|
gettext_noop("The shared predicate lock table is sized on the assumption that "
|
|
"at most max_pred_locks_per_transaction * max_connections distinct "
|
|
"objects will need to be locked at any one time.")
|
|
},
|
|
&max_predicate_locks_per_xact,
|
|
64, 10, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"authentication_timeout", PGC_SIGHUP, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum allowed time to complete client authentication."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&AuthenticationTimeout,
|
|
60, 1, 600,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/* Not for general use */
|
|
{"pre_auth_delay", PGC_SIGHUP, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Waits N seconds on connection startup before authentication."),
|
|
gettext_noop("This allows attaching a debugger to the process."),
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&PreAuthDelay,
|
|
0, 0, 60,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_keep_segments", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_SENDING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the number of WAL files held for standby servers."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_keep_segments,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"min_wal_size", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_CHECKPOINTS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the minimum size to shrink the WAL to."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_XSEGS
|
|
},
|
|
&min_wal_size,
|
|
5, 2, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_wal_size", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_CHECKPOINTS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the WAL size that triggers a checkpoint."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_XSEGS
|
|
},
|
|
&max_wal_size,
|
|
64, 2, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, assign_max_wal_size, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"checkpoint_timeout", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_CHECKPOINTS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum time between automatic WAL checkpoints."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&CheckPointTimeout,
|
|
300, 30, 3600,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"checkpoint_warning", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_CHECKPOINTS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables warnings if checkpoint segments are filled more "
|
|
"frequently than this."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Write a message to the server log if checkpoints "
|
|
"caused by the filling of checkpoint segment files happens more "
|
|
"frequently than this number of seconds. Zero turns off the warning."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&CheckPointWarning,
|
|
30, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_buffers", PGC_POSTMASTER, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the number of disk-page buffers in shared memory for WAL."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS
|
|
},
|
|
&XLOGbuffers,
|
|
-1, -1, (INT_MAX / XLOG_BLCKSZ),
|
|
check_wal_buffers, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_writer_delay", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Time between WAL flushes performed in the WAL writer."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&WalWriterDelay,
|
|
200, 1, 10000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_writer_flush_after", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Amount of WAL written out by WAL writer triggering a flush."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS
|
|
},
|
|
&WalWriterFlushAfter,
|
|
128, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/* see max_connections */
|
|
{"max_wal_senders", PGC_POSTMASTER, REPLICATION_SENDING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of simultaneously running WAL sender processes."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&max_wal_senders,
|
|
0, 0, MAX_BACKENDS,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/* see max_connections */
|
|
{"max_replication_slots", PGC_POSTMASTER, REPLICATION_SENDING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of simultaneously defined replication slots."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&max_replication_slots,
|
|
0, 0, MAX_BACKENDS /* XXX? */ ,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_sender_timeout", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_SENDING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum time to wait for WAL replication."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_sender_timeout,
|
|
60 * 1000, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"commit_delay", PGC_SUSET, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the delay in microseconds between transaction commit and "
|
|
"flushing WAL to disk."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
/* we have no microseconds designation, so can't supply units here */
|
|
},
|
|
&CommitDelay,
|
|
0, 0, 100000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"commit_siblings", PGC_USERSET, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the minimum concurrent open transactions before performing "
|
|
"commit_delay."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&CommitSiblings,
|
|
5, 0, 1000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"extra_float_digits", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the number of digits displayed for floating-point values."),
|
|
gettext_noop("This affects real, double precision, and geometric data types. "
|
|
"The parameter value is added to the standard number of digits "
|
|
"(FLT_DIG or DBL_DIG as appropriate).")
|
|
},
|
|
&extra_float_digits,
|
|
0, -15, 3,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_min_duration_statement", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHEN,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the minimum execution time above which "
|
|
"statements will be logged."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Zero prints all queries. -1 turns this feature off."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&log_min_duration_statement,
|
|
-1, -1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_autovacuum_min_duration", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the minimum execution time above which "
|
|
"autovacuum actions will be logged."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Zero prints all actions. -1 turns autovacuum logging off."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_autovacuum_min_duration,
|
|
-1, -1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"bgwriter_delay", PGC_SIGHUP, RESOURCES_BGWRITER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Background writer sleep time between rounds."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&BgWriterDelay,
|
|
200, 10, 10000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"bgwriter_lru_maxpages", PGC_SIGHUP, RESOURCES_BGWRITER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Background writer maximum number of LRU pages to flush per round."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&bgwriter_lru_maxpages,
|
|
100, 0, 1000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"effective_io_concurrency",
|
|
PGC_USERSET,
|
|
RESOURCES_ASYNCHRONOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Number of simultaneous requests that can be handled efficiently by the disk subsystem."),
|
|
gettext_noop("For RAID arrays, this should be approximately the number of drive spindles in the array.")
|
|
},
|
|
&effective_io_concurrency,
|
|
#ifdef USE_PREFETCH
|
|
1, 0, MAX_IO_CONCURRENCY,
|
|
#else
|
|
0, 0, 0,
|
|
#endif
|
|
check_effective_io_concurrency, assign_effective_io_concurrency, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"checkpoint_flush_after", PGC_SIGHUP, RESOURCES_ASYNCHRONOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Number of pages after which previously performed writes are flushed to disk."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS
|
|
},
|
|
&checkpoint_flush_after,
|
|
/* see bufmgr.h: OS dependent default */
|
|
DEFAULT_CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_AFTER, 0, WRITEBACK_MAX_PENDING_FLUSHES,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"backend_flush_after", PGC_USERSET, WAL_CHECKPOINTS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Number of pages after which previously performed writes are flushed to disk."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS
|
|
},
|
|
&backend_flush_after,
|
|
/* see bufmgr.h: OS dependent default */
|
|
DEFAULT_BACKEND_FLUSH_AFTER, 0, WRITEBACK_MAX_PENDING_FLUSHES,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"bgwriter_flush_after", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_CHECKPOINTS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Number of pages after which previously performed writes are flushed to disk."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS
|
|
},
|
|
&bgwriter_flush_after,
|
|
/* see bufmgr.h: 16 on Linux, 0 otherwise */
|
|
DEFAULT_BGWRITER_FLUSH_AFTER, 0, WRITEBACK_MAX_PENDING_FLUSHES,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_worker_processes",
|
|
PGC_POSTMASTER,
|
|
RESOURCES_ASYNCHRONOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Maximum number of concurrent worker processes."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
},
|
|
&max_worker_processes,
|
|
8, 1, MAX_BACKENDS,
|
|
check_max_worker_processes, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_rotation_age", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Automatic log file rotation will occur after N minutes."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MIN
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_RotationAge,
|
|
HOURS_PER_DAY * MINS_PER_HOUR, 0, INT_MAX / SECS_PER_MINUTE,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_rotation_size", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Automatic log file rotation will occur after N kilobytes."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_KB
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_RotationSize,
|
|
10 * 1024, 0, INT_MAX / 1024,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_function_args", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the maximum number of function arguments."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&max_function_args,
|
|
FUNC_MAX_ARGS, FUNC_MAX_ARGS, FUNC_MAX_ARGS,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_index_keys", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the maximum number of index keys."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&max_index_keys,
|
|
INDEX_MAX_KEYS, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, INDEX_MAX_KEYS,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_identifier_length", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the maximum identifier length."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&max_identifier_length,
|
|
NAMEDATALEN - 1, NAMEDATALEN - 1, NAMEDATALEN - 1,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"block_size", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the size of a disk block."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&block_size,
|
|
BLCKSZ, BLCKSZ, BLCKSZ,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"segment_size", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the number of pages per disk file."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&segment_size,
|
|
RELSEG_SIZE, RELSEG_SIZE, RELSEG_SIZE,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_block_size", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the block size in the write ahead log."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_block_size,
|
|
XLOG_BLCKSZ, XLOG_BLCKSZ, XLOG_BLCKSZ,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_retrieve_retry_interval", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_STANDBY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the time to wait before retrying to retrieve WAL "
|
|
"after a failed attempt."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_MS
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_retrieve_retry_interval,
|
|
5000, 1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_segment_size", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the number of pages per write ahead log segment."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_segment_size,
|
|
(XLOG_SEG_SIZE / XLOG_BLCKSZ),
|
|
(XLOG_SEG_SIZE / XLOG_BLCKSZ),
|
|
(XLOG_SEG_SIZE / XLOG_BLCKSZ),
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"autovacuum_naptime", PGC_SIGHUP, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Time to sleep between autovacuum runs."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_naptime,
|
|
60, 1, INT_MAX / 1000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"autovacuum_vacuum_threshold", PGC_SIGHUP, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Minimum number of tuple updates or deletes prior to vacuum."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_vac_thresh,
|
|
50, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"autovacuum_analyze_threshold", PGC_SIGHUP, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Minimum number of tuple inserts, updates, or deletes prior to analyze."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_anl_thresh,
|
|
50, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
/* see varsup.c for why this is PGC_POSTMASTER not PGC_SIGHUP */
|
|
{"autovacuum_freeze_max_age", PGC_POSTMASTER, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Age at which to autovacuum a table to prevent transaction ID wraparound."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_freeze_max_age,
|
|
/* see pg_resetxlog if you change the upper-limit value */
|
|
200000000, 100000, 2000000000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
/* see multixact.c for why this is PGC_POSTMASTER not PGC_SIGHUP */
|
|
{"autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age", PGC_POSTMASTER, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Multixact age at which to autovacuum a table to prevent multixact wraparound."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age,
|
|
400000000, 10000, 2000000000,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
/* see max_connections */
|
|
{"autovacuum_max_workers", PGC_POSTMASTER, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of simultaneously running autovacuum worker processes."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_max_workers,
|
|
3, 1, MAX_BACKENDS,
|
|
check_autovacuum_max_workers, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"max_parallel_degree", PGC_SUSET, RESOURCES_ASYNCHRONOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum number of parallel processes per executor node."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&max_parallel_degree,
|
|
0, 0, MAX_BACKENDS,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"autovacuum_work_mem", PGC_SIGHUP, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum memory to be used by each autovacuum worker process."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_KB
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_work_mem,
|
|
-1, -1, MAX_KILOBYTES,
|
|
check_autovacuum_work_mem, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"tcp_keepalives_idle", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Time between issuing TCP keepalives."),
|
|
gettext_noop("A value of 0 uses the system default."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&tcp_keepalives_idle,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, assign_tcp_keepalives_idle, show_tcp_keepalives_idle
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"tcp_keepalives_interval", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Time between TCP keepalive retransmits."),
|
|
gettext_noop("A value of 0 uses the system default."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_S
|
|
},
|
|
&tcp_keepalives_interval,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, assign_tcp_keepalives_interval, show_tcp_keepalives_interval
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"ssl_renegotiation_limit", PGC_USERSET, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("SSL regenotiation is no longer supported; this can only be 0."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE,
|
|
},
|
|
&ssl_renegotiation_limit,
|
|
0, 0, 0,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"tcp_keepalives_count", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Maximum number of TCP keepalive retransmits."),
|
|
gettext_noop("This controls the number of consecutive keepalive retransmits that can be "
|
|
"lost before a connection is considered dead. A value of 0 uses the "
|
|
"system default."),
|
|
},
|
|
&tcp_keepalives_count,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, assign_tcp_keepalives_count, show_tcp_keepalives_count
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"gin_fuzzy_search_limit", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum allowed result for exact search by GIN."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0
|
|
},
|
|
&GinFuzzySearchLimit,
|
|
0, 0, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"effective_cache_size", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_COST,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the planner's assumption about the size of the disk cache."),
|
|
gettext_noop("That is, the portion of the kernel's disk cache that "
|
|
"will be used for PostgreSQL data files. This is measured in disk "
|
|
"pages, which are normally 8 kB each."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS,
|
|
},
|
|
&effective_cache_size,
|
|
DEFAULT_EFFECTIVE_CACHE_SIZE, 1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/* Can't be set in postgresql.conf */
|
|
{"server_version_num", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the server version as an integer."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&server_version_num,
|
|
PG_VERSION_NUM, PG_VERSION_NUM, PG_VERSION_NUM,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_temp_files", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Log the use of temporary files larger than this number of kilobytes."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Zero logs all files. The default is -1 (turning this feature off)."),
|
|
GUC_UNIT_KB
|
|
},
|
|
&log_temp_files,
|
|
-1, -1, INT_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"track_activity_query_size", PGC_POSTMASTER, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the size reserved for pg_stat_activity.query, in bytes."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* There is no _bytes_ unit, so the user can't supply units for
|
|
* this.
|
|
*/
|
|
},
|
|
&pgstat_track_activity_query_size,
|
|
1024, 100, 102400,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"gin_pending_list_limit", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the maximum size of the pending list for GIN index."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_UNIT_KB
|
|
},
|
|
&gin_pending_list_limit,
|
|
4096, 64, MAX_KILOBYTES,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/* End-of-list marker */
|
|
{
|
|
{NULL, 0, 0, NULL, NULL}, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct config_real ConfigureNamesReal[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
{"seq_page_cost", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_COST,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the planner's estimate of the cost of a "
|
|
"sequentially fetched disk page."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&seq_page_cost,
|
|
DEFAULT_SEQ_PAGE_COST, 0, DBL_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"random_page_cost", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_COST,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the planner's estimate of the cost of a "
|
|
"nonsequentially fetched disk page."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&random_page_cost,
|
|
DEFAULT_RANDOM_PAGE_COST, 0, DBL_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"cpu_tuple_cost", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_COST,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the planner's estimate of the cost of "
|
|
"processing each tuple (row)."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&cpu_tuple_cost,
|
|
DEFAULT_CPU_TUPLE_COST, 0, DBL_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"cpu_index_tuple_cost", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_COST,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the planner's estimate of the cost of "
|
|
"processing each index entry during an index scan."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&cpu_index_tuple_cost,
|
|
DEFAULT_CPU_INDEX_TUPLE_COST, 0, DBL_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"cpu_operator_cost", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_COST,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the planner's estimate of the cost of "
|
|
"processing each operator or function call."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&cpu_operator_cost,
|
|
DEFAULT_CPU_OPERATOR_COST, 0, DBL_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"parallel_tuple_cost", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_COST,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the planner's estimate of the cost of "
|
|
"passing each tuple (row) from worker to master backend."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
¶llel_tuple_cost,
|
|
DEFAULT_PARALLEL_TUPLE_COST, 0, DBL_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"parallel_setup_cost", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_COST,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the planner's estimate of the cost of "
|
|
"starting up worker processes for parallel query."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
¶llel_setup_cost,
|
|
DEFAULT_PARALLEL_SETUP_COST, 0, DBL_MAX,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"cursor_tuple_fraction", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the planner's estimate of the fraction of "
|
|
"a cursor's rows that will be retrieved."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&cursor_tuple_fraction,
|
|
DEFAULT_CURSOR_TUPLE_FRACTION, 0.0, 1.0,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"geqo_selection_bias", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_GEQO,
|
|
gettext_noop("GEQO: selective pressure within the population."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Geqo_selection_bias,
|
|
DEFAULT_GEQO_SELECTION_BIAS,
|
|
MIN_GEQO_SELECTION_BIAS, MAX_GEQO_SELECTION_BIAS,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"geqo_seed", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_GEQO,
|
|
gettext_noop("GEQO: seed for random path selection."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Geqo_seed,
|
|
0.0, 0.0, 1.0,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"bgwriter_lru_multiplier", PGC_SIGHUP, RESOURCES_BGWRITER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Multiple of the average buffer usage to free per round."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&bgwriter_lru_multiplier,
|
|
2.0, 0.0, 10.0,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"seed", PGC_USERSET, UNGROUPED,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the seed for random-number generation."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NO_RESET_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&phony_random_seed,
|
|
0.0, -1.0, 1.0,
|
|
check_random_seed, assign_random_seed, show_random_seed
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"autovacuum_vacuum_scale_factor", PGC_SIGHUP, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Number of tuple updates or deletes prior to vacuum as a fraction of reltuples."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_vac_scale,
|
|
0.2, 0.0, 100.0,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"autovacuum_analyze_scale_factor", PGC_SIGHUP, AUTOVACUUM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Number of tuple inserts, updates, or deletes prior to analyze as a fraction of reltuples."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&autovacuum_anl_scale,
|
|
0.1, 0.0, 100.0,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"checkpoint_completion_target", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_CHECKPOINTS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Time spent flushing dirty buffers during checkpoint, as fraction of checkpoint interval."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&CheckPointCompletionTarget,
|
|
0.5, 0.0, 1.0,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/* End-of-list marker */
|
|
{
|
|
{NULL, 0, 0, NULL, NULL}, NULL, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct config_string ConfigureNamesString[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
{"archive_command", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_ARCHIVING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the shell command that will be called to archive a WAL file."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&XLogArchiveCommand,
|
|
"",
|
|
NULL, NULL, show_archive_command
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"client_encoding", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the client's character set encoding."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_IS_NAME | GUC_REPORT
|
|
},
|
|
&client_encoding_string,
|
|
"SQL_ASCII",
|
|
check_client_encoding, assign_client_encoding, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_line_prefix", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Controls information prefixed to each log line."),
|
|
gettext_noop("If blank, no prefix is used.")
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_line_prefix,
|
|
"",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_timezone", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the time zone to use in log messages."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_timezone_string,
|
|
"GMT",
|
|
check_log_timezone, assign_log_timezone, show_log_timezone
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"DateStyle", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the display format for date and time values."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Also controls interpretation of ambiguous "
|
|
"date inputs."),
|
|
GUC_LIST_INPUT | GUC_REPORT
|
|
},
|
|
&datestyle_string,
|
|
"ISO, MDY",
|
|
check_datestyle, assign_datestyle, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"default_tablespace", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the default tablespace to create tables and indexes in."),
|
|
gettext_noop("An empty string selects the database's default tablespace."),
|
|
GUC_IS_NAME
|
|
},
|
|
&default_tablespace,
|
|
"",
|
|
check_default_tablespace, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"temp_tablespaces", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the tablespace(s) to use for temporary tables and sort files."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_LIST_INPUT | GUC_LIST_QUOTE
|
|
},
|
|
&temp_tablespaces,
|
|
"",
|
|
check_temp_tablespaces, assign_temp_tablespaces, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"dynamic_library_path", PGC_SUSET, CLIENT_CONN_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the path for dynamically loadable modules."),
|
|
gettext_noop("If a dynamically loadable module needs to be opened and "
|
|
"the specified name does not have a directory component (i.e., the "
|
|
"name does not contain a slash), the system will search this path for "
|
|
"the specified file."),
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&Dynamic_library_path,
|
|
"$libdir",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"krb_server_keyfile", PGC_SIGHUP, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the location of the Kerberos server key file."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&pg_krb_server_keyfile,
|
|
PG_KRB_SRVTAB,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"bonjour_name", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the Bonjour service name."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&bonjour_name,
|
|
"",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/* See main.c about why defaults for LC_foo are not all alike */
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"lc_collate", PGC_INTERNAL, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the collation order locale."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&locale_collate,
|
|
"C",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"lc_ctype", PGC_INTERNAL, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the character classification and case conversion locale."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&locale_ctype,
|
|
"C",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"lc_messages", PGC_SUSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the language in which messages are displayed."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&locale_messages,
|
|
"",
|
|
check_locale_messages, assign_locale_messages, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"lc_monetary", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the locale for formatting monetary amounts."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&locale_monetary,
|
|
"C",
|
|
check_locale_monetary, assign_locale_monetary, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"lc_numeric", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the locale for formatting numbers."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&locale_numeric,
|
|
"C",
|
|
check_locale_numeric, assign_locale_numeric, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"lc_time", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the locale for formatting date and time values."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&locale_time,
|
|
"C",
|
|
check_locale_time, assign_locale_time, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"session_preload_libraries", PGC_SUSET, CLIENT_CONN_PRELOAD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Lists shared libraries to preload into each backend."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_LIST_INPUT | GUC_LIST_QUOTE | GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&session_preload_libraries_string,
|
|
"",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"shared_preload_libraries", PGC_POSTMASTER, CLIENT_CONN_PRELOAD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Lists shared libraries to preload into server."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_LIST_INPUT | GUC_LIST_QUOTE | GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&shared_preload_libraries_string,
|
|
"",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"local_preload_libraries", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_PRELOAD,
|
|
gettext_noop("Lists unprivileged shared libraries to preload into each backend."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_LIST_INPUT | GUC_LIST_QUOTE
|
|
},
|
|
&local_preload_libraries_string,
|
|
"",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"search_path", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the schema search order for names that are not schema-qualified."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_LIST_INPUT | GUC_LIST_QUOTE
|
|
},
|
|
&namespace_search_path,
|
|
"\"$user\", public",
|
|
check_search_path, assign_search_path, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/* Can't be set in postgresql.conf */
|
|
{"server_encoding", PGC_INTERNAL, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the server (database) character set encoding."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_IS_NAME | GUC_REPORT | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&server_encoding_string,
|
|
"SQL_ASCII",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/* Can't be set in postgresql.conf */
|
|
{"server_version", PGC_INTERNAL, PRESET_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Shows the server version."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_REPORT | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&server_version_string,
|
|
PG_VERSION,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/* Not for general use --- used by SET ROLE */
|
|
{"role", PGC_USERSET, UNGROUPED,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the current role."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_IS_NAME | GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NO_RESET_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE | GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST
|
|
},
|
|
&role_string,
|
|
"none",
|
|
check_role, assign_role, show_role
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/* Not for general use --- used by SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION */
|
|
{"session_authorization", PGC_USERSET, UNGROUPED,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the session user name."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_IS_NAME | GUC_REPORT | GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NO_RESET_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE | GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST
|
|
},
|
|
&session_authorization_string,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
check_session_authorization, assign_session_authorization, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_destination", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the destination for server log output."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Valid values are combinations of \"stderr\", "
|
|
"\"syslog\", \"csvlog\", and \"eventlog\", "
|
|
"depending on the platform."),
|
|
GUC_LIST_INPUT
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_destination_string,
|
|
"stderr",
|
|
check_log_destination, assign_log_destination, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_directory", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the destination directory for log files."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Can be specified as relative to the data directory "
|
|
"or as absolute path."),
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_directory,
|
|
"pg_log",
|
|
check_canonical_path, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_filename", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the file name pattern for log files."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_filename,
|
|
"postgresql-%Y-%m-%d_%H%M%S.log",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"syslog_ident", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the program name used to identify PostgreSQL "
|
|
"messages in syslog."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&syslog_ident_str,
|
|
"postgres",
|
|
NULL, assign_syslog_ident, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"event_source", PGC_POSTMASTER, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the application name used to identify "
|
|
"PostgreSQL messages in the event log."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&event_source,
|
|
DEFAULT_EVENT_SOURCE,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"TimeZone", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the time zone for displaying and interpreting time stamps."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_REPORT
|
|
},
|
|
&timezone_string,
|
|
"GMT",
|
|
check_timezone, assign_timezone, show_timezone
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
{"timezone_abbreviations", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Selects a file of time zone abbreviations."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&timezone_abbreviations_string,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
check_timezone_abbreviations, assign_timezone_abbreviations, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"transaction_isolation", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the current transaction's isolation level."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_NO_RESET_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&XactIsoLevel_string,
|
|
"default",
|
|
check_XactIsoLevel, assign_XactIsoLevel, show_XactIsoLevel
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"unix_socket_group", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the owning group of the Unix-domain socket."),
|
|
gettext_noop("The owning user of the socket is always the user "
|
|
"that starts the server.")
|
|
},
|
|
&Unix_socket_group,
|
|
"",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"unix_socket_directories", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the directories where Unix-domain sockets will be created."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&Unix_socket_directories,
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
|
|
DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR,
|
|
#else
|
|
"",
|
|
#endif
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"listen_addresses", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the host name or IP address(es) to listen to."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_LIST_INPUT
|
|
},
|
|
&ListenAddresses,
|
|
"localhost",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Can't be set by ALTER SYSTEM as it can lead to recursive definition
|
|
* of data_directory.
|
|
*/
|
|
{"data_directory", PGC_POSTMASTER, FILE_LOCATIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the server's data directory."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY | GUC_DISALLOW_IN_AUTO_FILE
|
|
},
|
|
&data_directory,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"config_file", PGC_POSTMASTER, FILE_LOCATIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the server's main configuration file."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE | GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&ConfigFileName,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"hba_file", PGC_POSTMASTER, FILE_LOCATIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the server's \"hba\" configuration file."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&HbaFileName,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"ident_file", PGC_POSTMASTER, FILE_LOCATIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the server's \"ident\" configuration file."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&IdentFileName,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"external_pid_file", PGC_POSTMASTER, FILE_LOCATIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Writes the postmaster PID to the specified file."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&external_pid_file,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
check_canonical_path, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"ssl_cert_file", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Location of the SSL server certificate file."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&ssl_cert_file,
|
|
"server.crt",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"ssl_key_file", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Location of the SSL server private key file."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&ssl_key_file,
|
|
"server.key",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"ssl_ca_file", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Location of the SSL certificate authority file."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&ssl_ca_file,
|
|
"",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"ssl_crl_file", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Location of the SSL certificate revocation list file."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&ssl_crl_file,
|
|
"",
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"stats_temp_directory", PGC_SIGHUP, STATS_COLLECTOR,
|
|
gettext_noop("Writes temporary statistics files to the specified directory."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&pgstat_temp_directory,
|
|
PG_STAT_TMP_DIR,
|
|
check_canonical_path, assign_pgstat_temp_directory, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"synchronous_standby_names", PGC_SIGHUP, REPLICATION_MASTER,
|
|
gettext_noop("List of names of potential synchronous standbys."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_LIST_INPUT
|
|
},
|
|
&SyncRepStandbyNames,
|
|
"",
|
|
check_synchronous_standby_names, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"default_text_search_config", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets default text search configuration."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&TSCurrentConfig,
|
|
"pg_catalog.simple",
|
|
check_TSCurrentConfig, assign_TSCurrentConfig, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"ssl_ciphers", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the list of allowed SSL ciphers."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&SSLCipherSuites,
|
|
#ifdef USE_SSL
|
|
"HIGH:MEDIUM:+3DES:!aNULL",
|
|
#else
|
|
"none",
|
|
#endif
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"ssl_ecdh_curve", PGC_POSTMASTER, CONN_AUTH_SECURITY,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the curve to use for ECDH."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
|
|
},
|
|
&SSLECDHCurve,
|
|
#ifdef USE_SSL
|
|
"prime256v1",
|
|
#else
|
|
"none",
|
|
#endif
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"application_name", PGC_USERSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the application name to be reported in statistics and logs."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_IS_NAME | GUC_REPORT | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE
|
|
},
|
|
&application_name,
|
|
"",
|
|
check_application_name, assign_application_name, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"cluster_name", PGC_POSTMASTER, PROCESS_TITLE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the name of the cluster, which is included in the process title."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_IS_NAME
|
|
},
|
|
&cluster_name,
|
|
"",
|
|
check_cluster_name, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/* End-of-list marker */
|
|
{
|
|
{NULL, 0, 0, NULL, NULL}, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct config_enum ConfigureNamesEnum[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
{"backslash_quote", PGC_USERSET, COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets whether \"\\'\" is allowed in string literals."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&backslash_quote,
|
|
BACKSLASH_QUOTE_SAFE_ENCODING, backslash_quote_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"bytea_output", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the output format for bytea."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&bytea_output,
|
|
BYTEA_OUTPUT_HEX, bytea_output_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"client_min_messages", PGC_USERSET, LOGGING_WHEN,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the message levels that are sent to the client."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Each level includes all the levels that follow it. The later"
|
|
" the level, the fewer messages are sent.")
|
|
},
|
|
&client_min_messages,
|
|
NOTICE, client_message_level_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"constraint_exclusion", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables the planner to use constraints to optimize queries."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Table scans will be skipped if their constraints"
|
|
" guarantee that no rows match the query.")
|
|
},
|
|
&constraint_exclusion,
|
|
CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION_PARTITION, constraint_exclusion_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"default_transaction_isolation", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the transaction isolation level of each new transaction."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&DefaultXactIsoLevel,
|
|
XACT_READ_COMMITTED, isolation_level_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"IntervalStyle", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_LOCALE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the display format for interval values."),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GUC_REPORT
|
|
},
|
|
&IntervalStyle,
|
|
INTSTYLE_POSTGRES, intervalstyle_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_error_verbosity", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the verbosity of logged messages."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&Log_error_verbosity,
|
|
PGERROR_DEFAULT, log_error_verbosity_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_min_messages", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHEN,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the message levels that are logged."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Each level includes all the levels that follow it. The later"
|
|
" the level, the fewer messages are sent.")
|
|
},
|
|
&log_min_messages,
|
|
WARNING, server_message_level_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_min_error_statement", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHEN,
|
|
gettext_noop("Causes all statements generating error at or above this level to be logged."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Each level includes all the levels that follow it. The later"
|
|
" the level, the fewer messages are sent.")
|
|
},
|
|
&log_min_error_statement,
|
|
ERROR, server_message_level_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"log_statement", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHAT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the type of statements logged."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&log_statement,
|
|
LOGSTMT_NONE, log_statement_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"syslog_facility", PGC_SIGHUP, LOGGING_WHERE,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the syslog \"facility\" to be used when syslog enabled."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&syslog_facility,
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
|
|
LOG_LOCAL0,
|
|
#else
|
|
0,
|
|
#endif
|
|
syslog_facility_options,
|
|
NULL, assign_syslog_facility, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"session_replication_role", PGC_SUSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the session's behavior for triggers and rewrite rules."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&SessionReplicationRole,
|
|
SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_ORIGIN, session_replication_role_options,
|
|
NULL, assign_session_replication_role, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"synchronous_commit", PGC_USERSET, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets the current transaction's synchronization level."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&synchronous_commit,
|
|
SYNCHRONOUS_COMMIT_ON, synchronous_commit_options,
|
|
NULL, assign_synchronous_commit, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"archive_mode", PGC_POSTMASTER, WAL_ARCHIVING,
|
|
gettext_noop("Allows archiving of WAL files using archive_command."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&XLogArchiveMode,
|
|
ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, archive_mode_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"trace_recovery_messages", PGC_SIGHUP, DEVELOPER_OPTIONS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Enables logging of recovery-related debugging information."),
|
|
gettext_noop("Each level includes all the levels that follow it. The later"
|
|
" the level, the fewer messages are sent.")
|
|
},
|
|
&trace_recovery_messages,
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* client_message_level_options allows too many values, really, but
|
|
* it's not worth having a separate options array for this.
|
|
*/
|
|
LOG, client_message_level_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"track_functions", PGC_SUSET, STATS_COLLECTOR,
|
|
gettext_noop("Collects function-level statistics on database activity."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&pgstat_track_functions,
|
|
TRACK_FUNC_OFF, track_function_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_level", PGC_POSTMASTER, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Set the level of information written to the WAL."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&wal_level,
|
|
WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL, wal_level_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"dynamic_shared_memory_type", PGC_POSTMASTER, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Selects the dynamic shared memory implementation used."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&dynamic_shared_memory_type,
|
|
DEFAULT_DYNAMIC_SHARED_MEMORY_TYPE, dynamic_shared_memory_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"wal_sync_method", PGC_SIGHUP, WAL_SETTINGS,
|
|
gettext_noop("Selects the method used for forcing WAL updates to disk."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&sync_method,
|
|
DEFAULT_SYNC_METHOD, sync_method_options,
|
|
NULL, assign_xlog_sync_method, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"xmlbinary", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets how binary values are to be encoded in XML."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&xmlbinary,
|
|
XMLBINARY_BASE64, xmlbinary_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"xmloption", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
|
|
gettext_noop("Sets whether XML data in implicit parsing and serialization "
|
|
"operations is to be considered as documents or content fragments."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&xmloption,
|
|
XMLOPTION_CONTENT, xmloption_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"huge_pages", PGC_POSTMASTER, RESOURCES_MEM,
|
|
gettext_noop("Use of huge pages on Linux."),
|
|
NULL
|
|
},
|
|
&huge_pages,
|
|
HUGE_PAGES_TRY, huge_pages_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
{"force_parallel_mode", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_OTHER,
|
|
gettext_noop("Forces use of parallel query facilities."),
|
|
gettext_noop("If possible, run query using a parallel worker and with parallel restrictions.")
|
|
},
|
|
&force_parallel_mode,
|
|
FORCE_PARALLEL_OFF, force_parallel_mode_options,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
/* End-of-list marker */
|
|
{
|
|
{NULL, 0, 0, NULL, NULL}, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/******** end of options list ********/
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* To allow continued support of obsolete names for GUC variables, we apply
|
|
* the following mappings to any unrecognized name. Note that an old name
|
|
* should be mapped to a new one only if the new variable has very similar
|
|
* semantics to the old.
|
|
*/
|
|
static const char *const map_old_guc_names[] = {
|
|
"sort_mem", "work_mem",
|
|
"vacuum_mem", "maintenance_work_mem",
|
|
NULL
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Actual lookup of variables is done through this single, sorted array.
|
|
*/
|
|
static struct config_generic **guc_variables;
|
|
|
|
/* Current number of variables contained in the vector */
|
|
static int num_guc_variables;
|
|
|
|
/* Vector capacity */
|
|
static int size_guc_variables;
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool guc_dirty; /* TRUE if need to do commit/abort work */
|
|
|
|
static bool reporting_enabled; /* TRUE to enable GUC_REPORT */
|
|
|
|
static int GUCNestLevel = 0; /* 1 when in main transaction */
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b);
|
|
static int guc_name_compare(const char *namea, const char *nameb);
|
|
static void InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void);
|
|
static void InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic * gconf);
|
|
static void push_old_value(struct config_generic * gconf, GucAction action);
|
|
static void ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic * record);
|
|
static void reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic * variable,
|
|
struct config_string * pHolder,
|
|
GucStack *stack,
|
|
const char *curvalue,
|
|
GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource);
|
|
static void ShowGUCConfigOption(const char *name, DestReceiver *dest);
|
|
static void ShowAllGUCConfig(DestReceiver *dest);
|
|
static char *_ShowOption(struct config_generic * record, bool use_units);
|
|
static bool validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
|
|
bool skipIfNoPermissions);
|
|
static void write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head_p);
|
|
static void replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
|
|
const char *name, const char *value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Some infrastructure for checking malloc/strdup/realloc calls
|
|
*/
|
|
static void *
|
|
guc_malloc(int elevel, size_t size)
|
|
{
|
|
void *data;
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid unportable behavior of malloc(0) */
|
|
if (size == 0)
|
|
size = 1;
|
|
data = malloc(size);
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
|
|
errmsg("out of memory")));
|
|
return data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void *
|
|
guc_realloc(int elevel, void *old, size_t size)
|
|
{
|
|
void *data;
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid unportable behavior of realloc(NULL, 0) */
|
|
if (old == NULL && size == 0)
|
|
size = 1;
|
|
data = realloc(old, size);
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
|
|
errmsg("out of memory")));
|
|
return data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static char *
|
|
guc_strdup(int elevel, const char *src)
|
|
{
|
|
char *data;
|
|
|
|
data = strdup(src);
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
|
|
errmsg("out of memory")));
|
|
return data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Detect whether strval is referenced anywhere in a GUC string item
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
string_field_used(struct config_string * conf, char *strval)
|
|
{
|
|
GucStack *stack;
|
|
|
|
if (strval == *(conf->variable) ||
|
|
strval == conf->reset_val ||
|
|
strval == conf->boot_val)
|
|
return true;
|
|
for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
|
|
{
|
|
if (strval == stack->prior.val.stringval ||
|
|
strval == stack->masked.val.stringval)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Support for assigning to a field of a string GUC item. Free the prior
|
|
* value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
|
|
* states).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
set_string_field(struct config_string * conf, char **field, char *newval)
|
|
{
|
|
char *oldval = *field;
|
|
|
|
/* Do the assignment */
|
|
*field = newval;
|
|
|
|
/* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
|
|
if (oldval && !string_field_used(conf, oldval))
|
|
free(oldval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Detect whether an "extra" struct is referenced anywhere in a GUC item
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
extra_field_used(struct config_generic * gconf, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
GucStack *stack;
|
|
|
|
if (extra == gconf->extra)
|
|
return true;
|
|
switch (gconf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
if (extra == ((struct config_bool *) gconf)->reset_extra)
|
|
return true;
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
if (extra == ((struct config_int *) gconf)->reset_extra)
|
|
return true;
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
if (extra == ((struct config_real *) gconf)->reset_extra)
|
|
return true;
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
if (extra == ((struct config_string *) gconf)->reset_extra)
|
|
return true;
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
if (extra == ((struct config_enum *) gconf)->reset_extra)
|
|
return true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
for (stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
|
|
{
|
|
if (extra == stack->prior.extra ||
|
|
extra == stack->masked.extra)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Support for assigning to an "extra" field of a GUC item. Free the prior
|
|
* value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
|
|
* states).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
set_extra_field(struct config_generic * gconf, void **field, void *newval)
|
|
{
|
|
void *oldval = *field;
|
|
|
|
/* Do the assignment */
|
|
*field = newval;
|
|
|
|
/* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
|
|
if (oldval && !extra_field_used(gconf, oldval))
|
|
free(oldval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Support for copying a variable's active value into a stack entry.
|
|
* The "extra" field associated with the active value is copied, too.
|
|
*
|
|
* NB: be sure stringval and extra fields of a new stack entry are
|
|
* initialized to NULL before this is used, else we'll try to free() them.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
set_stack_value(struct config_generic * gconf, config_var_value *val)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (gconf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
val->val.boolval =
|
|
*((struct config_bool *) gconf)->variable;
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
val->val.intval =
|
|
*((struct config_int *) gconf)->variable;
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
val->val.realval =
|
|
*((struct config_real *) gconf)->variable;
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
set_string_field((struct config_string *) gconf,
|
|
&(val->val.stringval),
|
|
*((struct config_string *) gconf)->variable);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
val->val.enumval =
|
|
*((struct config_enum *) gconf)->variable;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), gconf->extra);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Support for discarding a no-longer-needed value in a stack entry.
|
|
* The "extra" field associated with the stack entry is cleared, too.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
discard_stack_value(struct config_generic * gconf, config_var_value *val)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (gconf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
/* no need to do anything */
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
set_string_field((struct config_string *) gconf,
|
|
&(val->val.stringval),
|
|
NULL);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fetch the sorted array pointer (exported for help_config.c's use ONLY)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct config_generic **
|
|
get_guc_variables(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return guc_variables;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Build the sorted array. This is split out so that it could be
|
|
* re-executed after startup (eg, we could allow loadable modules to
|
|
* add vars, and then we'd need to re-sort).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
build_guc_variables(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int size_vars;
|
|
int num_vars = 0;
|
|
struct config_generic **guc_vars;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *conf = &ConfigureNamesBool[i];
|
|
|
|
/* Rather than requiring vartype to be filled in by hand, do this: */
|
|
conf->gen.vartype = PGC_BOOL;
|
|
num_vars++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = &ConfigureNamesInt[i];
|
|
|
|
conf->gen.vartype = PGC_INT;
|
|
num_vars++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *conf = &ConfigureNamesReal[i];
|
|
|
|
conf->gen.vartype = PGC_REAL;
|
|
num_vars++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesString[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = &ConfigureNamesString[i];
|
|
|
|
conf->gen.vartype = PGC_STRING;
|
|
num_vars++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = &ConfigureNamesEnum[i];
|
|
|
|
conf->gen.vartype = PGC_ENUM;
|
|
num_vars++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create table with 20% slack
|
|
*/
|
|
size_vars = num_vars + num_vars / 4;
|
|
|
|
guc_vars = (struct config_generic **)
|
|
guc_malloc(FATAL, size_vars * sizeof(struct config_generic *));
|
|
|
|
num_vars = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
guc_vars[num_vars++] = &ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
guc_vars[num_vars++] = &ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
guc_vars[num_vars++] = &ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesString[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
guc_vars[num_vars++] = &ConfigureNamesString[i].gen;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen.name; i++)
|
|
guc_vars[num_vars++] = &ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen;
|
|
|
|
if (guc_variables)
|
|
free(guc_variables);
|
|
guc_variables = guc_vars;
|
|
num_guc_variables = num_vars;
|
|
size_guc_variables = size_vars;
|
|
qsort((void *) guc_variables, num_guc_variables,
|
|
sizeof(struct config_generic *), guc_var_compare);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a new GUC variable to the list of known variables. The
|
|
* list is expanded if needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
add_guc_variable(struct config_generic * var, int elevel)
|
|
{
|
|
if (num_guc_variables + 1 >= size_guc_variables)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Increase the vector by 25%
|
|
*/
|
|
int size_vars = size_guc_variables + size_guc_variables / 4;
|
|
struct config_generic **guc_vars;
|
|
|
|
if (size_vars == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
size_vars = 100;
|
|
guc_vars = (struct config_generic **)
|
|
guc_malloc(elevel, size_vars * sizeof(struct config_generic *));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
guc_vars = (struct config_generic **)
|
|
guc_realloc(elevel, guc_variables, size_vars * sizeof(struct config_generic *));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (guc_vars == NULL)
|
|
return false; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
|
guc_variables = guc_vars;
|
|
size_guc_variables = size_vars;
|
|
}
|
|
guc_variables[num_guc_variables++] = var;
|
|
qsort((void *) guc_variables, num_guc_variables,
|
|
sizeof(struct config_generic *), guc_var_compare);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create and add a placeholder variable for a custom variable name.
|
|
*/
|
|
static struct config_generic *
|
|
add_placeholder_variable(const char *name, int elevel)
|
|
{
|
|
size_t sz = sizeof(struct config_string) + sizeof(char *);
|
|
struct config_string *var;
|
|
struct config_generic *gen;
|
|
|
|
var = (struct config_string *) guc_malloc(elevel, sz);
|
|
if (var == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
memset(var, 0, sz);
|
|
gen = &var->gen;
|
|
|
|
gen->name = guc_strdup(elevel, name);
|
|
if (gen->name == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
free(var);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gen->context = PGC_USERSET;
|
|
gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
|
|
gen->short_desc = "GUC placeholder variable";
|
|
gen->flags = GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER;
|
|
gen->vartype = PGC_STRING;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The char* is allocated at the end of the struct since we have no
|
|
* 'static' place to point to. Note that the current value, as well as
|
|
* the boot and reset values, start out NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
var->variable = (char **) (var + 1);
|
|
|
|
if (!add_guc_variable((struct config_generic *) var, elevel))
|
|
{
|
|
free((void *) gen->name);
|
|
free(var);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return gen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up option NAME. If it exists, return a pointer to its record,
|
|
* else return NULL. If create_placeholders is TRUE, we'll create a
|
|
* placeholder record for a valid-looking custom variable name.
|
|
*/
|
|
static struct config_generic *
|
|
find_option(const char *name, bool create_placeholders, int elevel)
|
|
{
|
|
const char **key = &name;
|
|
struct config_generic **res;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
Assert(name);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* By equating const char ** with struct config_generic *, we are assuming
|
|
* the name field is first in config_generic.
|
|
*/
|
|
res = (struct config_generic **) bsearch((void *) &key,
|
|
(void *) guc_variables,
|
|
num_guc_variables,
|
|
sizeof(struct config_generic *),
|
|
guc_var_compare);
|
|
if (res)
|
|
return *res;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* See if the name is an obsolete name for a variable. We assume that the
|
|
* set of supported old names is short enough that a brute-force search is
|
|
* the best way.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
|
|
return find_option(map_old_guc_names[i + 1], false, elevel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (create_placeholders)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the name is qualified, and if so, add a placeholder.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (strchr(name, GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR) != NULL)
|
|
return add_placeholder_variable(name, elevel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Unknown name */
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* comparator for qsorting and bsearching guc_variables array
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
|
|
{
|
|
const struct config_generic *confa = *(struct config_generic * const *) a;
|
|
const struct config_generic *confb = *(struct config_generic * const *) b;
|
|
|
|
return guc_name_compare(confa->name, confb->name);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* the bare comparison function for GUC names
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
guc_name_compare(const char *namea, const char *nameb)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The temptation to use strcasecmp() here must be resisted, because the
|
|
* array ordering has to remain stable across setlocale() calls. So, build
|
|
* our own with a simple ASCII-only downcasing.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (*namea && *nameb)
|
|
{
|
|
char cha = *namea++;
|
|
char chb = *nameb++;
|
|
|
|
if (cha >= 'A' && cha <= 'Z')
|
|
cha += 'a' - 'A';
|
|
if (chb >= 'A' && chb <= 'Z')
|
|
chb += 'a' - 'A';
|
|
if (cha != chb)
|
|
return cha - chb;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*namea)
|
|
return 1; /* a is longer */
|
|
if (*nameb)
|
|
return -1; /* b is longer */
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize GUC options during program startup.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that we cannot read the config file yet, since we have not yet
|
|
* processed command-line switches.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
InitializeGUCOptions(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Before log_line_prefix could possibly receive a nonempty setting, make
|
|
* sure that timezone processing is minimally alive (see elog.c).
|
|
*/
|
|
pg_timezone_initialize();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Build sorted array of all GUC variables.
|
|
*/
|
|
build_guc_variables();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Load all variables with their compiled-in defaults, and initialize
|
|
* status fields as needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
InitializeOneGUCOption(guc_variables[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
guc_dirty = false;
|
|
|
|
reporting_enabled = false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Prevent any attempt to override the transaction modes from
|
|
* non-interactive sources.
|
|
*/
|
|
SetConfigOption("transaction_isolation", "default",
|
|
PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
|
|
SetConfigOption("transaction_read_only", "no",
|
|
PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
|
|
SetConfigOption("transaction_deferrable", "no",
|
|
PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For historical reasons, some GUC parameters can receive defaults from
|
|
* environment variables. Process those settings.
|
|
*/
|
|
InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assign any GUC values that can come from the server's environment.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is called from InitializeGUCOptions, and also from ProcessConfigFile
|
|
* to deal with the possibility that a setting has been removed from
|
|
* postgresql.conf and should now get a value from the environment.
|
|
* (The latter is a kludge that should probably go away someday; if so,
|
|
* fold this back into InitializeGUCOptions.)
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char *env;
|
|
long stack_rlimit;
|
|
|
|
env = getenv("PGPORT");
|
|
if (env != NULL)
|
|
SetConfigOption("port", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
|
|
|
|
env = getenv("PGDATESTYLE");
|
|
if (env != NULL)
|
|
SetConfigOption("datestyle", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
|
|
|
|
env = getenv("PGCLIENTENCODING");
|
|
if (env != NULL)
|
|
SetConfigOption("client_encoding", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* rlimit isn't exactly an "environment variable", but it behaves about
|
|
* the same. If we can identify the platform stack depth rlimit, increase
|
|
* default stack depth setting up to whatever is safe (but at most 2MB).
|
|
*/
|
|
stack_rlimit = get_stack_depth_rlimit();
|
|
if (stack_rlimit > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
long new_limit = (stack_rlimit - STACK_DEPTH_SLOP) / 1024L;
|
|
|
|
if (new_limit > 100)
|
|
{
|
|
char limbuf[16];
|
|
|
|
new_limit = Min(new_limit, 2048);
|
|
sprintf(limbuf, "%ld", new_limit);
|
|
SetConfigOption("max_stack_depth", limbuf,
|
|
PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize one GUC option variable to its compiled-in default.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: the reason for calling check_hooks is not that we think the boot_val
|
|
* might fail, but that the hooks might wish to compute an "extra" struct.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic * gconf)
|
|
{
|
|
gconf->status = 0;
|
|
gconf->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
|
|
gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
|
|
gconf->scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
|
|
gconf->reset_scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
|
|
gconf->stack = NULL;
|
|
gconf->extra = NULL;
|
|
gconf->sourcefile = NULL;
|
|
gconf->sourceline = 0;
|
|
|
|
switch (gconf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
|
|
bool newval = conf->boot_val;
|
|
void *extra = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
|
|
PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
|
|
elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
|
|
conf->gen.name, (int) newval);
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, extra);
|
|
*conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
|
|
conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
|
|
int newval = conf->boot_val;
|
|
void *extra = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Assert(newval >= conf->min);
|
|
Assert(newval <= conf->max);
|
|
if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
|
|
PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
|
|
elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
|
|
conf->gen.name, newval);
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, extra);
|
|
*conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
|
|
conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
|
|
double newval = conf->boot_val;
|
|
void *extra = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Assert(newval >= conf->min);
|
|
Assert(newval <= conf->max);
|
|
if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
|
|
PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
|
|
elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %g",
|
|
conf->gen.name, newval);
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, extra);
|
|
*conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
|
|
conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
|
|
char *newval;
|
|
void *extra = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
|
|
if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
|
|
newval = guc_strdup(FATAL, conf->boot_val);
|
|
else
|
|
newval = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
|
|
PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
|
|
elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to \"%s\"",
|
|
conf->gen.name, newval ? newval : "");
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, extra);
|
|
*conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
|
|
conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
|
|
int newval = conf->boot_val;
|
|
void *extra = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
|
|
PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
|
|
elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
|
|
conf->gen.name, newval);
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, extra);
|
|
*conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
|
|
conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Select the configuration files and data directory to be used, and
|
|
* do the initial read of postgresql.conf.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is called after processing command-line switches.
|
|
* userDoption is the -D switch value if any (NULL if unspecified).
|
|
* progname is just for use in error messages.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns true on success; on failure, prints a suitable error message
|
|
* to stderr and returns false.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
SelectConfigFiles(const char *userDoption, const char *progname)
|
|
{
|
|
char *configdir;
|
|
char *fname;
|
|
struct stat stat_buf;
|
|
|
|
/* configdir is -D option, or $PGDATA if no -D */
|
|
if (userDoption)
|
|
configdir = make_absolute_path(userDoption);
|
|
else
|
|
configdir = make_absolute_path(getenv("PGDATA"));
|
|
|
|
if (configdir && stat(configdir, &stat_buf) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
write_stderr("%s: could not access directory \"%s\": %s\n",
|
|
progname,
|
|
configdir,
|
|
strerror(errno));
|
|
if (errno == ENOENT)
|
|
write_stderr("Run initdb or pg_basebackup to initialize a PostgreSQL data directory.\n");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the configuration file: if config_file was specified on the
|
|
* command line, use it, else use configdir/postgresql.conf. In any case
|
|
* ensure the result is an absolute path, so that it will be interpreted
|
|
* the same way by future backends.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ConfigFileName)
|
|
fname = make_absolute_path(ConfigFileName);
|
|
else if (configdir)
|
|
{
|
|
fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
|
|
strlen(configdir) + strlen(CONFIG_FILENAME) + 2);
|
|
sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, CONFIG_FILENAME);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the server configuration file.\n"
|
|
"You must specify the --config-file or -D invocation "
|
|
"option or set the PGDATA environment variable.\n",
|
|
progname);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the ConfigFileName GUC variable to its final value, ensuring that
|
|
* it can't be overridden later.
|
|
*/
|
|
SetConfigOption("config_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
|
|
free(fname);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now read the config file for the first time.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stat(ConfigFileName, &stat_buf) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
write_stderr("%s: could not access the server configuration file \"%s\": %s\n",
|
|
progname, ConfigFileName, strerror(errno));
|
|
free(configdir);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Read the configuration file for the first time. This time only the
|
|
* data_directory parameter is picked up to determine the data directory,
|
|
* so that we can read the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file next time.
|
|
*/
|
|
ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the data_directory GUC variable has been set, use that as DataDir;
|
|
* otherwise use configdir if set; else punt.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: SetDataDir will copy and absolute-ize its argument, so we don't
|
|
* have to.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (data_directory)
|
|
SetDataDir(data_directory);
|
|
else if (configdir)
|
|
SetDataDir(configdir);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the database system data.\n"
|
|
"This can be specified as \"data_directory\" in \"%s\", "
|
|
"or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
|
|
"PGDATA environment variable.\n",
|
|
progname, ConfigFileName);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reflect the final DataDir value back into the data_directory GUC var.
|
|
* (If you are wondering why we don't just make them a single variable,
|
|
* it's because the EXEC_BACKEND case needs DataDir to be transmitted to
|
|
* child backends specially. XXX is that still true? Given that we now
|
|
* chdir to DataDir, EXEC_BACKEND can read the config file without knowing
|
|
* DataDir in advance.)
|
|
*/
|
|
SetConfigOption("data_directory", DataDir, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now read the config file a second time, allowing any settings in the
|
|
* PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file to take effect. (This is pretty ugly, but
|
|
* since we have to determine the DataDir before we can find the autoconf
|
|
* file, the alternatives seem worse.)
|
|
*/
|
|
ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If timezone_abbreviations wasn't set in the configuration file, install
|
|
* the default value. We do it this way because we can't safely install a
|
|
* "real" value until my_exec_path is set, which may not have happened
|
|
* when InitializeGUCOptions runs, so the bootstrap default value cannot
|
|
* be the real desired default.
|
|
*/
|
|
pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Figure out where pg_hba.conf is, and make sure the path is absolute.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HbaFileName)
|
|
fname = make_absolute_path(HbaFileName);
|
|
else if (configdir)
|
|
{
|
|
fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
|
|
strlen(configdir) + strlen(HBA_FILENAME) + 2);
|
|
sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, HBA_FILENAME);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"hba\" configuration file.\n"
|
|
"This can be specified as \"hba_file\" in \"%s\", "
|
|
"or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
|
|
"PGDATA environment variable.\n",
|
|
progname, ConfigFileName);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
SetConfigOption("hba_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
|
|
free(fname);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Likewise for pg_ident.conf.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IdentFileName)
|
|
fname = make_absolute_path(IdentFileName);
|
|
else if (configdir)
|
|
{
|
|
fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
|
|
strlen(configdir) + strlen(IDENT_FILENAME) + 2);
|
|
sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, IDENT_FILENAME);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"ident\" configuration file.\n"
|
|
"This can be specified as \"ident_file\" in \"%s\", "
|
|
"or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
|
|
"PGDATA environment variable.\n",
|
|
progname, ConfigFileName);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
SetConfigOption("ident_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
|
|
free(fname);
|
|
|
|
free(configdir);
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reset all options to their saved default values (implements RESET ALL)
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ResetAllOptions(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *gconf = guc_variables[i];
|
|
|
|
/* Don't reset non-SET-able values */
|
|
if (gconf->context != PGC_SUSET &&
|
|
gconf->context != PGC_USERSET)
|
|
continue;
|
|
/* Don't reset if special exclusion from RESET ALL */
|
|
if (gconf->flags & GUC_NO_RESET_ALL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
/* No need to reset if wasn't SET */
|
|
if (gconf->source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Save old value to support transaction abort */
|
|
push_old_value(gconf, GUC_ACTION_SET);
|
|
|
|
switch (gconf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (conf->reset_val,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
*conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (conf->reset_val,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
*conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (conf->reset_val,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
*conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (conf->reset_val,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, conf->reset_val);
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (conf->reset_val,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
*conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
conf->reset_extra);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gconf->source = gconf->reset_source;
|
|
gconf->scontext = gconf->reset_scontext;
|
|
|
|
if (gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT)
|
|
ReportGUCOption(gconf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* push_old_value
|
|
* Push previous state during transactional assignment to a GUC variable.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
push_old_value(struct config_generic * gconf, GucAction action)
|
|
{
|
|
GucStack *stack;
|
|
|
|
/* If we're not inside a nest level, do nothing */
|
|
if (GUCNestLevel == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Do we already have a stack entry of the current nest level? */
|
|
stack = gconf->stack;
|
|
if (stack && stack->nest_level >= GUCNestLevel)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Yes, so adjust its state if necessary */
|
|
Assert(stack->nest_level == GUCNestLevel);
|
|
switch (action)
|
|
{
|
|
case GUC_ACTION_SET:
|
|
/* SET overrides any prior action at same nest level */
|
|
if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* must discard old masked value */
|
|
discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
|
|
}
|
|
stack->state = GUC_SET;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
|
|
if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
|
|
{
|
|
/* SET followed by SET LOCAL, remember SET's value */
|
|
stack->masked_scontext = gconf->scontext;
|
|
set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
|
|
stack->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
|
|
}
|
|
/* in all other cases, no change to stack entry */
|
|
break;
|
|
case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
|
|
/* Could only have a prior SAVE of same variable */
|
|
Assert(stack->state == GUC_SAVE);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
Assert(guc_dirty); /* must be set already */
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Push a new stack entry
|
|
*
|
|
* We keep all the stack entries in TopTransactionContext for simplicity.
|
|
*/
|
|
stack = (GucStack *) MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
|
|
sizeof(GucStack));
|
|
|
|
stack->prev = gconf->stack;
|
|
stack->nest_level = GUCNestLevel;
|
|
switch (action)
|
|
{
|
|
case GUC_ACTION_SET:
|
|
stack->state = GUC_SET;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
|
|
stack->state = GUC_LOCAL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
|
|
stack->state = GUC_SAVE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
stack->source = gconf->source;
|
|
stack->scontext = gconf->scontext;
|
|
set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
|
|
|
|
gconf->stack = stack;
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure we remember to pop at end of xact */
|
|
guc_dirty = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do GUC processing at main transaction start.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
AtStart_GUC(void)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The nest level should be 0 between transactions; if it isn't, somebody
|
|
* didn't call AtEOXact_GUC, or called it with the wrong nestLevel. We
|
|
* throw a warning but make no other effort to clean up.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (GUCNestLevel != 0)
|
|
elog(WARNING, "GUC nest level = %d at transaction start",
|
|
GUCNestLevel);
|
|
GUCNestLevel = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Enter a new nesting level for GUC values. This is called at subtransaction
|
|
* start, and when entering a function that has proconfig settings, and in
|
|
* some other places where we want to set GUC variables transiently.
|
|
* NOTE we must not risk error here, else subtransaction start will be unhappy.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
NewGUCNestLevel(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return ++GUCNestLevel;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do GUC processing at transaction or subtransaction commit or abort, or
|
|
* when exiting a function that has proconfig settings, or when undoing a
|
|
* transient assignment to some GUC variables. (The name is thus a bit of
|
|
* a misnomer; perhaps it should be ExitGUCNestLevel or some such.)
|
|
* During abort, we discard all GUC settings that were applied at nesting
|
|
* levels >= nestLevel. nestLevel == 1 corresponds to the main transaction.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
AtEOXact_GUC(bool isCommit, int nestLevel)
|
|
{
|
|
bool still_dirty;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note: it's possible to get here with GUCNestLevel == nestLevel-1 during
|
|
* abort, if there is a failure during transaction start before
|
|
* AtStart_GUC is called.
|
|
*/
|
|
Assert(nestLevel > 0 &&
|
|
(nestLevel <= GUCNestLevel ||
|
|
(nestLevel == GUCNestLevel + 1 && !isCommit)));
|
|
|
|
/* Quick exit if nothing's changed in this transaction */
|
|
if (!guc_dirty)
|
|
{
|
|
GUCNestLevel = nestLevel - 1;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
still_dirty = false;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *gconf = guc_variables[i];
|
|
GucStack *stack;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Process and pop each stack entry within the nest level. To simplify
|
|
* fmgr_security_definer() and other places that use GUC_ACTION_SAVE,
|
|
* we allow failure exit from code that uses a local nest level to be
|
|
* recovered at the surrounding transaction or subtransaction abort;
|
|
* so there could be more than one stack entry to pop.
|
|
*/
|
|
while ((stack = gconf->stack) != NULL &&
|
|
stack->nest_level >= nestLevel)
|
|
{
|
|
GucStack *prev = stack->prev;
|
|
bool restorePrior = false;
|
|
bool restoreMasked = false;
|
|
bool changed;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In this next bit, if we don't set either restorePrior or
|
|
* restoreMasked, we must "discard" any unwanted fields of the
|
|
* stack entries to avoid leaking memory. If we do set one of
|
|
* those flags, unused fields will be cleaned up after restoring.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!isCommit) /* if abort, always restore prior value */
|
|
restorePrior = true;
|
|
else if (stack->state == GUC_SAVE)
|
|
restorePrior = true;
|
|
else if (stack->nest_level == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* transaction commit */
|
|
if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
|
|
restoreMasked = true;
|
|
else if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
|
|
{
|
|
/* we keep the current active value */
|
|
discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
|
|
}
|
|
else /* must be GUC_LOCAL */
|
|
restorePrior = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (prev == NULL ||
|
|
prev->nest_level < stack->nest_level - 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* decrement entry's level and do not pop it */
|
|
stack->nest_level--;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have to merge this stack entry into prev. See README for
|
|
* discussion of this bit.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (stack->state)
|
|
{
|
|
case GUC_SAVE:
|
|
Assert(false); /* can't get here */
|
|
|
|
case GUC_SET:
|
|
/* next level always becomes SET */
|
|
discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
|
|
if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
|
|
discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
|
|
prev->state = GUC_SET;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case GUC_LOCAL:
|
|
if (prev->state == GUC_SET)
|
|
{
|
|
/* LOCAL migrates down */
|
|
prev->masked_scontext = stack->scontext;
|
|
prev->masked = stack->prior;
|
|
prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* else just forget this stack level */
|
|
discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
|
|
/* prior state at this level no longer wanted */
|
|
discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
|
|
/* copy down the masked state */
|
|
prev->masked_scontext = stack->masked_scontext;
|
|
if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
|
|
discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
|
|
prev->masked = stack->masked;
|
|
prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
changed = false;
|
|
|
|
if (restorePrior || restoreMasked)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Perform appropriate restoration of the stacked value */
|
|
config_var_value newvalue;
|
|
GucSource newsource;
|
|
GucContext newscontext;
|
|
|
|
if (restoreMasked)
|
|
{
|
|
newvalue = stack->masked;
|
|
newsource = PGC_S_SESSION;
|
|
newscontext = stack->masked_scontext;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
newvalue = stack->prior;
|
|
newsource = stack->source;
|
|
newscontext = stack->scontext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (gconf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
|
|
bool newval = newvalue.val.boolval;
|
|
void *newextra = newvalue.extra;
|
|
|
|
if (*conf->variable != newval ||
|
|
conf->gen.extra != newextra)
|
|
{
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
*conf->variable = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
|
|
int newval = newvalue.val.intval;
|
|
void *newextra = newvalue.extra;
|
|
|
|
if (*conf->variable != newval ||
|
|
conf->gen.extra != newextra)
|
|
{
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
*conf->variable = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
|
|
double newval = newvalue.val.realval;
|
|
void *newextra = newvalue.extra;
|
|
|
|
if (*conf->variable != newval ||
|
|
conf->gen.extra != newextra)
|
|
{
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
*conf->variable = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
|
|
char *newval = newvalue.val.stringval;
|
|
void *newextra = newvalue.extra;
|
|
|
|
if (*conf->variable != newval ||
|
|
conf->gen.extra != newextra)
|
|
{
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, newval);
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Release stacked values if not used anymore. We
|
|
* could use discard_stack_value() here, but since
|
|
* we have type-specific code anyway, might as
|
|
* well inline it.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_string_field(conf, &stack->prior.val.stringval, NULL);
|
|
set_string_field(conf, &stack->masked.val.stringval, NULL);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
|
|
int newval = newvalue.val.enumval;
|
|
void *newextra = newvalue.extra;
|
|
|
|
if (*conf->variable != newval ||
|
|
conf->gen.extra != newextra)
|
|
{
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
*conf->variable = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Release stacked extra values if not used anymore.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->prior.extra), NULL);
|
|
set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->masked.extra), NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* And restore source information */
|
|
gconf->source = newsource;
|
|
gconf->scontext = newscontext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Finish popping the state stack */
|
|
gconf->stack = prev;
|
|
pfree(stack);
|
|
|
|
/* Report new value if we changed it */
|
|
if (changed && (gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT))
|
|
ReportGUCOption(gconf);
|
|
} /* end of stack-popping loop */
|
|
|
|
if (stack != NULL)
|
|
still_dirty = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If there are no remaining stack entries, we can reset guc_dirty */
|
|
guc_dirty = still_dirty;
|
|
|
|
/* Update nesting level */
|
|
GUCNestLevel = nestLevel - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start up automatic reporting of changes to variables marked GUC_REPORT.
|
|
* This is executed at completion of backend startup.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
BeginReportingGUCOptions(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't do anything unless talking to an interactive frontend of protocol
|
|
* 3.0 or later.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (whereToSendOutput != DestRemote ||
|
|
PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) < 3)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
reporting_enabled = true;
|
|
|
|
/* Transmit initial values of interesting variables */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *conf = guc_variables[i];
|
|
|
|
if (conf->flags & GUC_REPORT)
|
|
ReportGUCOption(conf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ReportGUCOption: if appropriate, transmit option value to frontend
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic * record)
|
|
{
|
|
if (reporting_enabled && (record->flags & GUC_REPORT))
|
|
{
|
|
char *val = _ShowOption(record, false);
|
|
StringInfoData msgbuf;
|
|
|
|
pq_beginmessage(&msgbuf, 'S');
|
|
pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, record->name);
|
|
pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, val);
|
|
pq_endmessage(&msgbuf);
|
|
|
|
pfree(val);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert a value from one of the human-friendly units ("kB", "min" etc.)
|
|
* to the given base unit. 'value' and 'unit' are the input value and unit
|
|
* to convert from. The converted value is stored in *base_value.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns true on success, false if the input unit is not recognized.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
convert_to_base_unit(int64 value, const char *unit,
|
|
int base_unit, int64 *base_value)
|
|
{
|
|
const unit_conversion *table;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
|
|
table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
|
|
else
|
|
table = time_unit_conversion_table;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit &&
|
|
strcmp(unit, table[i].unit) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (table[i].multiplier < 0)
|
|
*base_value = value / (-table[i].multiplier);
|
|
else
|
|
*base_value = value * table[i].multiplier;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert a value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit. The output
|
|
* unit is chosen so that it's the greatest unit that can represent the value
|
|
* without loss. For example, if the base unit is GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024 is
|
|
* converted to 1 MB, but 1025 is represented as 1025 kB.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
convert_from_base_unit(int64 base_value, int base_unit,
|
|
int64 *value, const char **unit)
|
|
{
|
|
const unit_conversion *table;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
*unit = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
|
|
table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
|
|
else
|
|
table = time_unit_conversion_table;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly. We
|
|
* assume that the conversions for each base unit are ordered from
|
|
* greatest unit to the smallest!
|
|
*/
|
|
if (table[i].multiplier < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*value = base_value * (-table[i].multiplier);
|
|
*unit = table[i].unit;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (base_value % table[i].multiplier == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*value = base_value / table[i].multiplier;
|
|
*unit = table[i].unit;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Assert(*unit != NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to parse value as an integer. The accepted formats are the
|
|
* usual decimal, octal, or hexadecimal formats, optionally followed by
|
|
* a unit name if "flags" indicates a unit is allowed.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
|
|
* If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
|
|
* If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
|
|
* HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
parse_int(const char *value, int *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
|
|
{
|
|
int64 val;
|
|
char *endptr;
|
|
|
|
/* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
|
|
if (result)
|
|
*result = 0;
|
|
if (hintmsg)
|
|
*hintmsg = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* We assume here that int64 is at least as wide as long */
|
|
errno = 0;
|
|
val = strtol(value, &endptr, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (endptr == value)
|
|
return false; /* no HINT for integer syntax error */
|
|
|
|
if (errno == ERANGE || val != (int64) ((int32) val))
|
|
{
|
|
if (hintmsg)
|
|
*hintmsg = gettext_noop("Value exceeds integer range.");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* allow whitespace between integer and unit */
|
|
while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
|
|
endptr++;
|
|
|
|
/* Handle possible unit */
|
|
if (*endptr != '\0')
|
|
{
|
|
char unit[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1];
|
|
int unitlen;
|
|
bool converted = false;
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
|
|
return false; /* this setting does not accept a unit */
|
|
|
|
unitlen = 0;
|
|
while (*endptr != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char) *endptr) &&
|
|
unitlen < MAX_UNIT_LEN)
|
|
unit[unitlen++] = *(endptr++);
|
|
unit[unitlen] = '\0';
|
|
/* allow whitespace after unit */
|
|
while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
|
|
endptr++;
|
|
|
|
if (*endptr == '\0')
|
|
converted = convert_to_base_unit(val, unit, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
|
|
&val);
|
|
if (!converted)
|
|
{
|
|
/* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
|
|
if (hintmsg)
|
|
{
|
|
if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
|
|
*hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
|
|
else
|
|
*hintmsg = time_units_hint;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check for overflow due to units conversion */
|
|
if (val != (int64) ((int32) val))
|
|
{
|
|
if (hintmsg)
|
|
*hintmsg = gettext_noop("Value exceeds integer range.");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (result)
|
|
*result = (int) val;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to parse value as a floating point number in the usual format.
|
|
* If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
|
|
* If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
parse_real(const char *value, double *result)
|
|
{
|
|
double val;
|
|
char *endptr;
|
|
|
|
if (result)
|
|
*result = 0; /* suppress compiler warning */
|
|
|
|
errno = 0;
|
|
val = strtod(value, &endptr);
|
|
if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
/* allow whitespace after number */
|
|
while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
|
|
endptr++;
|
|
if (*endptr != '\0')
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (result)
|
|
*result = val;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Lookup the name for an enum option with the selected value.
|
|
* Should only ever be called with known-valid values, so throws
|
|
* an elog(ERROR) if the enum option is not found.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned string is a pointer to static data and not
|
|
* allocated for modification.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *
|
|
config_enum_lookup_by_value(struct config_enum * record, int val)
|
|
{
|
|
const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
|
|
|
|
for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (entry->val == val)
|
|
return entry->name;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "could not find enum option %d for %s",
|
|
val, record->gen.name);
|
|
return NULL; /* silence compiler */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Lookup the value for an enum option with the selected name
|
|
* (case-insensitive).
|
|
* If the enum option is found, sets the retval value and returns
|
|
* true. If it's not found, return FALSE and retval is set to 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
config_enum_lookup_by_name(struct config_enum * record, const char *value,
|
|
int *retval)
|
|
{
|
|
const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
|
|
|
|
for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pg_strcasecmp(value, entry->name) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*retval = entry->val;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*retval = 0;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return a list of all available options for an enum, excluding
|
|
* hidden ones, separated by the given separator.
|
|
* If prefix is non-NULL, it is added before the first enum value.
|
|
* If suffix is non-NULL, it is added to the end of the string.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
config_enum_get_options(struct config_enum * record, const char *prefix,
|
|
const char *suffix, const char *separator)
|
|
{
|
|
const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
|
|
StringInfoData retstr;
|
|
int seplen;
|
|
|
|
initStringInfo(&retstr);
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&retstr, prefix);
|
|
|
|
seplen = strlen(separator);
|
|
for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!entry->hidden)
|
|
{
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&retstr, entry->name);
|
|
appendBinaryStringInfo(&retstr, separator, seplen);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* All the entries may have been hidden, leaving the string empty if no
|
|
* prefix was given. This indicates a broken GUC setup, since there is no
|
|
* use for an enum without any values, so we just check to make sure we
|
|
* don't write to invalid memory instead of actually trying to do
|
|
* something smart with it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (retstr.len >= seplen)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Replace final separator */
|
|
retstr.data[retstr.len - seplen] = '\0';
|
|
retstr.len -= seplen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&retstr, suffix);
|
|
|
|
return retstr.data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Parse and validate a proposed value for the specified configuration
|
|
* parameter.
|
|
*
|
|
* This does built-in checks (such as range limits for an integer parameter)
|
|
* and also calls any check hook the parameter may have.
|
|
*
|
|
* record: GUC variable's info record
|
|
* name: variable name (should match the record of course)
|
|
* value: proposed value, as a string
|
|
* source: identifies source of value (check hooks may need this)
|
|
* elevel: level to log any error reports at
|
|
* newval: on success, converted parameter value is returned here
|
|
* newextra: on success, receives any "extra" data returned by check hook
|
|
* (caller must initialize *newextra to NULL)
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns true if OK, false if not (or throws error, if elevel >= ERROR)
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
parse_and_validate_value(struct config_generic * record,
|
|
const char *name, const char *value,
|
|
GucSource source, int elevel,
|
|
union config_var_val * newval, void **newextra)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (record->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
|
|
|
|
if (!parse_bool(value, &newval->boolval))
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" requires a Boolean value",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval->boolval, newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
|
|
const char *hintmsg;
|
|
|
|
if (!parse_int(value, &newval->intval,
|
|
conf->gen.flags, &hintmsg))
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
|
|
name, value),
|
|
hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (newval->intval < conf->min || newval->intval > conf->max)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("%d is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%d .. %d)",
|
|
newval->intval, name,
|
|
conf->min, conf->max)));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval->intval, newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
|
|
|
|
if (!parse_real(value, &newval->realval))
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" requires a numeric value",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (newval->realval < conf->min || newval->realval > conf->max)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("%g is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%g .. %g)",
|
|
newval->realval, name,
|
|
conf->min, conf->max)));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval->realval, newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The value passed by the caller could be transient, so we
|
|
* always strdup it.
|
|
*/
|
|
newval->stringval = guc_strdup(elevel, value);
|
|
if (newval->stringval == NULL)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The only built-in "parsing" check we have is to apply
|
|
* truncation if GUC_IS_NAME.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (conf->gen.flags & GUC_IS_NAME)
|
|
truncate_identifier(newval->stringval,
|
|
strlen(newval->stringval),
|
|
true);
|
|
|
|
if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval->stringval, newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
{
|
|
free(newval->stringval);
|
|
newval->stringval = NULL;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
|
|
|
|
if (!config_enum_lookup_by_name(conf, value, &newval->enumval))
|
|
{
|
|
char *hintmsg;
|
|
|
|
hintmsg = config_enum_get_options(conf,
|
|
"Available values: ",
|
|
".", ", ");
|
|
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
|
|
name, value),
|
|
hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
|
|
|
|
if (hintmsg)
|
|
pfree(hintmsg);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval->enumval, newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Sets option `name' to given value.
|
|
*
|
|
* The value should be a string, which will be parsed and converted to
|
|
* the appropriate data type. The context and source parameters indicate
|
|
* in which context this function is being called, so that it can apply the
|
|
* access restrictions properly.
|
|
*
|
|
* If value is NULL, set the option to its default value (normally the
|
|
* reset_val, but if source == PGC_S_DEFAULT we instead use the boot_val).
|
|
*
|
|
* action indicates whether to set the value globally in the session, locally
|
|
* to the current top transaction, or just for the duration of a function call.
|
|
*
|
|
* If changeVal is false then don't really set the option but do all
|
|
* the checks to see if it would work.
|
|
*
|
|
* elevel should normally be passed as zero, allowing this function to make
|
|
* its standard choice of ereport level. However some callers need to be
|
|
* able to override that choice; they should pass the ereport level to use.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value:
|
|
* +1: the value is valid and was successfully applied.
|
|
* 0: the name or value is invalid (but see below).
|
|
* -1: the value was not applied because of context, priority, or changeVal.
|
|
*
|
|
* If there is an error (non-existing option, invalid value) then an
|
|
* ereport(ERROR) is thrown *unless* this is called for a source for which
|
|
* we don't want an ERROR (currently, those are defaults, the config file,
|
|
* and per-database or per-user settings, as well as callers who specify
|
|
* a less-than-ERROR elevel). In those cases we write a suitable error
|
|
* message via ereport() and return 0.
|
|
*
|
|
* See also SetConfigOption for an external interface.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
set_config_option(const char *name, const char *value,
|
|
GucContext context, GucSource source,
|
|
GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
|
|
bool is_reload)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
union config_var_val newval_union;
|
|
void *newextra = NULL;
|
|
bool prohibitValueChange = false;
|
|
bool makeDefault;
|
|
|
|
if (elevel == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT || source == PGC_S_FILE)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly
|
|
* about problems with the config file.
|
|
*/
|
|
elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (source == PGC_S_GLOBAL ||
|
|
source == PGC_S_DATABASE ||
|
|
source == PGC_S_USER ||
|
|
source == PGC_S_DATABASE_USER)
|
|
elevel = WARNING;
|
|
else
|
|
elevel = ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* GUC_ACTION_SAVE changes are acceptable during a parallel operation,
|
|
* because the current worker will also pop the change. We're probably
|
|
* dealing with a function having a proconfig entry. Only the function's
|
|
* body should observe the change, and peer workers do not share in the
|
|
* execution of a function call started by this worker.
|
|
*
|
|
* Other changes might need to affect other workers, so forbid them.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsInParallelMode() && changeVal && action != GUC_ACTION_SAVE)
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE),
|
|
errmsg("cannot set parameters during a parallel operation")));
|
|
|
|
record = find_option(name, true, elevel);
|
|
if (record == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
|
|
errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"", name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the option can be set at this time. See guc.h for the precise
|
|
* rules.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (record->context)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_INTERNAL:
|
|
if (context != PGC_INTERNAL)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_POSTMASTER:
|
|
if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We are re-reading a PGC_POSTMASTER variable from
|
|
* postgresql.conf. We can't change the setting, so we should
|
|
* give a warning if the DBA tries to change it. However,
|
|
* because of variant formats, canonicalization by check
|
|
* hooks, etc, we can't just compare the given string directly
|
|
* to what's stored. Set a flag to check below after we have
|
|
* the final storable value.
|
|
*/
|
|
prohibitValueChange = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_SIGHUP:
|
|
if (context != PGC_SIGHUP && context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed now",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Hmm, the idea of the SIGHUP context is "ought to be global, but
|
|
* can be changed after postmaster start". But there's nothing
|
|
* that prevents a crafty administrator from sending SIGHUP
|
|
* signals to individual backends only.
|
|
*/
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_SU_BACKEND:
|
|
/* Reject if we're connecting but user is not superuser */
|
|
if (context == PGC_BACKEND)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
|
|
errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALL THRU to process the same as PGC_BACKEND */
|
|
case PGC_BACKEND:
|
|
if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If a PGC_BACKEND or PGC_SU_BACKEND parameter is changed in
|
|
* the config file, we want to accept the new value in the
|
|
* postmaster (whence it will propagate to
|
|
* subsequently-started backends), but ignore it in existing
|
|
* backends. This is a tad klugy, but necessary because we
|
|
* don't re-read the config file during backend start.
|
|
*
|
|
* In EXEC_BACKEND builds, this works differently: we load all
|
|
* nondefault settings from the CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS file during
|
|
* backend start. In that case we must accept PGC_SIGHUP
|
|
* settings, so as to have the same value as if we'd forked
|
|
* from the postmaster. This can also happen when using
|
|
* RestoreGUCState() within a background worker that needs to
|
|
* have the same settings as the user backend that started it.
|
|
* is_reload will be true when either situation applies.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsUnderPostmaster && !is_reload)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER &&
|
|
context != PGC_BACKEND &&
|
|
context != PGC_SU_BACKEND &&
|
|
source != PGC_S_CLIENT)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set after connection start",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_SUSET:
|
|
if (context == PGC_USERSET || context == PGC_BACKEND)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
|
|
errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PGC_USERSET:
|
|
/* always okay */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Disallow changing GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST values if we are inside a
|
|
* security restriction context. We can reject this regardless of the GUC
|
|
* context or source, mainly because sources that it might be reasonable
|
|
* to override for won't be seen while inside a function.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: variables marked GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST should usually be marked
|
|
* GUC_NO_RESET_ALL as well, because ResetAllOptions() doesn't check this.
|
|
* An exception might be made if the reset value is assumed to be "safe".
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: this flag is currently used for "session_authorization" and
|
|
* "role". We need to prohibit changing these inside a local userid
|
|
* context because when we exit it, GUC won't be notified, leaving things
|
|
* out of sync. (This could be fixed by forcing a new GUC nesting level,
|
|
* but that would change behavior in possibly-undesirable ways.) Also, we
|
|
* prohibit changing these in a security-restricted operation because
|
|
* otherwise RESET could be used to regain the session user's privileges.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (record->flags & GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST)
|
|
{
|
|
if (InLocalUserIdChange())
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Phrasing of this error message is historical, but it's the most
|
|
* common case.
|
|
*/
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
|
|
errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-definer function",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
|
|
errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-restricted operation",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Should we set reset/stacked values? (If so, the behavior is not
|
|
* transactional.) This is done either when we get a default value from
|
|
* the database's/user's/client's default settings or when we reset a
|
|
* value to its default.
|
|
*/
|
|
makeDefault = changeVal && (source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE) &&
|
|
((value != NULL) || source == PGC_S_DEFAULT);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ignore attempted set if overridden by previously processed setting.
|
|
* However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since we are
|
|
* trying to find out if the value is potentially good, not actually use
|
|
* it. Also keep going if makeDefault is true, since we may want to set
|
|
* the reset/stacked values even if we can't set the variable itself.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (record->source > source)
|
|
{
|
|
if (changeVal && !makeDefault)
|
|
{
|
|
elog(DEBUG3, "\"%s\": setting ignored because previous source is higher priority",
|
|
name);
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
changeVal = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Evaluate value and set variable.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (record->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
|
|
|
|
#define newval (newval_union.boolval)
|
|
|
|
if (value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
|
|
source, elevel,
|
|
&newval_union, &newextra))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
|
|
{
|
|
newval = conf->boot_val;
|
|
if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
newval = conf->reset_val;
|
|
newextra = conf->reset_extra;
|
|
source = conf->gen.reset_source;
|
|
context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (prohibitValueChange)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*conf->variable != newval)
|
|
{
|
|
record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (changeVal)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Save old value to support transaction abort */
|
|
if (!makeDefault)
|
|
push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
*conf->variable = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
if (makeDefault)
|
|
{
|
|
GucStack *stack;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
conf->reset_val = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.reset_source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stack->source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
stack->prior.val.boolval = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
stack->source = source;
|
|
stack->scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
|
|
if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
|
|
free(newextra);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#undef newval
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
|
|
|
|
#define newval (newval_union.intval)
|
|
|
|
if (value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
|
|
source, elevel,
|
|
&newval_union, &newextra))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
|
|
{
|
|
newval = conf->boot_val;
|
|
if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
newval = conf->reset_val;
|
|
newextra = conf->reset_extra;
|
|
source = conf->gen.reset_source;
|
|
context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (prohibitValueChange)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*conf->variable != newval)
|
|
{
|
|
record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (changeVal)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Save old value to support transaction abort */
|
|
if (!makeDefault)
|
|
push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
*conf->variable = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
if (makeDefault)
|
|
{
|
|
GucStack *stack;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
conf->reset_val = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.reset_source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stack->source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
stack->prior.val.intval = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
stack->source = source;
|
|
stack->scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
|
|
if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
|
|
free(newextra);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#undef newval
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
|
|
|
|
#define newval (newval_union.realval)
|
|
|
|
if (value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
|
|
source, elevel,
|
|
&newval_union, &newextra))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
|
|
{
|
|
newval = conf->boot_val;
|
|
if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
newval = conf->reset_val;
|
|
newextra = conf->reset_extra;
|
|
source = conf->gen.reset_source;
|
|
context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (prohibitValueChange)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*conf->variable != newval)
|
|
{
|
|
record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (changeVal)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Save old value to support transaction abort */
|
|
if (!makeDefault)
|
|
push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
*conf->variable = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
if (makeDefault)
|
|
{
|
|
GucStack *stack;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
conf->reset_val = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.reset_source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stack->source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
stack->prior.val.realval = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
stack->source = source;
|
|
stack->scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
|
|
if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
|
|
free(newextra);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#undef newval
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
|
|
|
|
#define newval (newval_union.stringval)
|
|
|
|
if (value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
|
|
source, elevel,
|
|
&newval_union, &newextra))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
|
|
{
|
|
/* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
|
|
if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
newval = guc_strdup(elevel, conf->boot_val);
|
|
if (newval == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
newval = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
{
|
|
free(newval);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* strdup not needed, since reset_val is already under
|
|
* guc.c's control
|
|
*/
|
|
newval = conf->reset_val;
|
|
newextra = conf->reset_extra;
|
|
source = conf->gen.reset_source;
|
|
context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (prohibitValueChange)
|
|
{
|
|
/* newval shouldn't be NULL, so we're a bit sloppy here */
|
|
if (*conf->variable == NULL || newval == NULL ||
|
|
strcmp(*conf->variable, newval) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (changeVal)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Save old value to support transaction abort */
|
|
if (!makeDefault)
|
|
push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, newval);
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (makeDefault)
|
|
{
|
|
GucStack *stack;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
set_string_field(conf, &conf->reset_val, newval);
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.reset_source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stack->source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
set_string_field(conf, &stack->prior.val.stringval,
|
|
newval);
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
stack->source = source;
|
|
stack->scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Perhaps we didn't install newval anywhere */
|
|
if (newval && !string_field_used(conf, newval))
|
|
free(newval);
|
|
/* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
|
|
if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
|
|
free(newextra);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#undef newval
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
|
|
|
|
#define newval (newval_union.enumval)
|
|
|
|
if (value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
|
|
source, elevel,
|
|
&newval_union, &newextra))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
|
|
{
|
|
newval = conf->boot_val;
|
|
if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
|
|
source, elevel))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
newval = conf->reset_val;
|
|
newextra = conf->reset_extra;
|
|
source = conf->gen.reset_source;
|
|
context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (prohibitValueChange)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*conf->variable != newval)
|
|
{
|
|
record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
|
|
name)));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (changeVal)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Save old value to support transaction abort */
|
|
if (!makeDefault)
|
|
push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
|
|
|
|
if (conf->assign_hook)
|
|
(*conf->assign_hook) (newval, newextra);
|
|
*conf->variable = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
if (makeDefault)
|
|
{
|
|
GucStack *stack;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
conf->reset_val = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
conf->gen.reset_source = source;
|
|
conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stack->source <= source)
|
|
{
|
|
stack->prior.val.enumval = newval;
|
|
set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
|
|
newextra);
|
|
stack->source = source;
|
|
stack->scontext = context;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
|
|
if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
|
|
free(newextra);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#undef newval
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (changeVal && (record->flags & GUC_REPORT))
|
|
ReportGUCOption(record);
|
|
|
|
return changeVal ? 1 : -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the fields for source file and line number the setting came from.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile, int sourceline)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
int elevel;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly about
|
|
* problems with the config file.
|
|
*/
|
|
elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
|
|
|
|
record = find_option(name, true, elevel);
|
|
/* should not happen */
|
|
if (record == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"", name);
|
|
|
|
sourcefile = guc_strdup(elevel, sourcefile);
|
|
if (record->sourcefile)
|
|
free(record->sourcefile);
|
|
record->sourcefile = sourcefile;
|
|
record->sourceline = sourceline;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set a config option to the given value.
|
|
*
|
|
* See also set_config_option; this is just the wrapper to be called from
|
|
* outside GUC. (This function should be used when possible, because its API
|
|
* is more stable than set_config_option's.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: there is no support here for setting source file/line, as it
|
|
* is currently not needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
SetConfigOption(const char *name, const char *value,
|
|
GucContext context, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, value, context, source,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fetch the current value of the option `name', as a string.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the option doesn't exist, return NULL if missing_ok is true (NOTE that
|
|
* this cannot be distinguished from a string variable with a NULL value!),
|
|
* otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
|
|
*
|
|
* If restrict_superuser is true, we also enforce that only superusers can
|
|
* see GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY variables. This should only be passed as true
|
|
* in user-driven calls.
|
|
*
|
|
* The string is *not* allocated for modification and is really only
|
|
* valid until the next call to configuration related functions.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *
|
|
GetConfigOption(const char *name, bool missing_ok, bool restrict_superuser)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
static char buffer[256];
|
|
|
|
record = find_option(name, false, ERROR);
|
|
if (record == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (missing_ok)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
|
|
errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
|
|
name)));
|
|
}
|
|
if (restrict_superuser &&
|
|
(record->flags & GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY) &&
|
|
!superuser())
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
|
|
errmsg("must be superuser to examine \"%s\"", name)));
|
|
|
|
switch (record->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
return *((struct config_bool *) record)->variable ? "on" : "off";
|
|
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
|
|
*((struct config_int *) record)->variable);
|
|
return buffer;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
|
|
*((struct config_real *) record)->variable);
|
|
return buffer;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
return *((struct config_string *) record)->variable;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
return config_enum_lookup_by_value((struct config_enum *) record,
|
|
*((struct config_enum *) record)->variable);
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the RESET value associated with the given option.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: this is not re-entrant, due to use of static result buffer;
|
|
* not to mention that a string variable could have its reset_val changed.
|
|
* Beware of assuming the result value is good for very long.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *
|
|
GetConfigOptionResetString(const char *name)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
static char buffer[256];
|
|
|
|
record = find_option(name, false, ERROR);
|
|
if (record == NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
|
|
errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"", name)));
|
|
if ((record->flags & GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY) && !superuser())
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
|
|
errmsg("must be superuser to examine \"%s\"", name)));
|
|
|
|
switch (record->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
return ((struct config_bool *) record)->reset_val ? "on" : "off";
|
|
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
|
|
((struct config_int *) record)->reset_val);
|
|
return buffer;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
|
|
((struct config_real *) record)->reset_val);
|
|
return buffer;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
return ((struct config_string *) record)->reset_val;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
return config_enum_lookup_by_value((struct config_enum *) record,
|
|
((struct config_enum *) record)->reset_val);
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* flatten_set_variable_args
|
|
* Given a parsenode List as emitted by the grammar for SET,
|
|
* convert to the flat string representation used by GUC.
|
|
*
|
|
* We need to be told the name of the variable the args are for, because
|
|
* the flattening rules vary (ugh).
|
|
*
|
|
* The result is NULL if args is NIL (ie, SET ... TO DEFAULT), otherwise
|
|
* a palloc'd string.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
flatten_set_variable_args(const char *name, List *args)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
int flags;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
ListCell *l;
|
|
|
|
/* Fast path if just DEFAULT */
|
|
if (args == NIL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get flags for the variable; if it's not known, use default flags.
|
|
* (Caller might throw error later, but not our business to do so here.)
|
|
*/
|
|
record = find_option(name, false, WARNING);
|
|
if (record)
|
|
flags = record->flags;
|
|
else
|
|
flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Complain if list input and non-list variable */
|
|
if ((flags & GUC_LIST_INPUT) == 0 &&
|
|
list_length(args) != 1)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("SET %s takes only one argument", name)));
|
|
|
|
initStringInfo(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Each list member may be a plain A_Const node, or an A_Const within a
|
|
* TypeCast; the latter case is supported only for ConstInterval arguments
|
|
* (for SET TIME ZONE).
|
|
*/
|
|
foreach(l, args)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *arg = (Node *) lfirst(l);
|
|
char *val;
|
|
TypeName *typeName = NULL;
|
|
A_Const *con;
|
|
|
|
if (l != list_head(args))
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, ", ");
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(arg, TypeCast))
|
|
{
|
|
TypeCast *tc = (TypeCast *) arg;
|
|
|
|
arg = tc->arg;
|
|
typeName = tc->typeName;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!IsA(arg, A_Const))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(arg));
|
|
con = (A_Const *) arg;
|
|
|
|
switch (nodeTag(&con->val))
|
|
{
|
|
case T_Integer:
|
|
appendStringInfo(&buf, "%ld", intVal(&con->val));
|
|
break;
|
|
case T_Float:
|
|
/* represented as a string, so just copy it */
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, strVal(&con->val));
|
|
break;
|
|
case T_String:
|
|
val = strVal(&con->val);
|
|
if (typeName != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Must be a ConstInterval argument for TIME ZONE. Coerce
|
|
* to interval and back to normalize the value and account
|
|
* for any typmod.
|
|
*/
|
|
Oid typoid;
|
|
int32 typmod;
|
|
Datum interval;
|
|
char *intervalout;
|
|
|
|
typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, typeName, &typoid, &typmod);
|
|
Assert(typoid == INTERVALOID);
|
|
|
|
interval =
|
|
DirectFunctionCall3(interval_in,
|
|
CStringGetDatum(val),
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid),
|
|
Int32GetDatum(typmod));
|
|
|
|
intervalout =
|
|
DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(interval_out,
|
|
interval));
|
|
appendStringInfo(&buf, "INTERVAL '%s'", intervalout);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Plain string literal or identifier. For quote mode,
|
|
* quote it if it's not a vanilla identifier.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (flags & GUC_LIST_QUOTE)
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, quote_identifier(val));
|
|
else
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, val);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
|
|
(int) nodeTag(&con->val));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return buf.data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Write updated configuration parameter values into a temporary file.
|
|
* This function traverses the list of parameters and quotes the string
|
|
* values before writing them.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head)
|
|
{
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
ConfigVariable *item;
|
|
|
|
initStringInfo(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* Emit file header containing warning comment */
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# Do not edit this file manually!\n");
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# It will be overwritten by ALTER SYSTEM command.\n");
|
|
|
|
errno = 0;
|
|
if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
|
|
{
|
|
/* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
|
|
if (errno == 0)
|
|
errno = ENOSPC;
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode_for_file_access(),
|
|
errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit each parameter, properly quoting the value */
|
|
for (item = head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
|
|
{
|
|
char *escaped;
|
|
|
|
resetStringInfo(&buf);
|
|
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, item->name);
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, " = '");
|
|
|
|
escaped = escape_single_quotes_ascii(item->value);
|
|
if (!escaped)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
|
|
errmsg("out of memory")));
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, escaped);
|
|
free(escaped);
|
|
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&buf, "'\n");
|
|
|
|
errno = 0;
|
|
if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
|
|
{
|
|
/* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
|
|
if (errno == 0)
|
|
errno = ENOSPC;
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode_for_file_access(),
|
|
errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* fsync before considering the write to be successful */
|
|
if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode_for_file_access(),
|
|
errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
|
|
|
|
pfree(buf.data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update the given list of configuration parameters, adding, replacing
|
|
* or deleting the entry for item "name" (delete if "value" == NULL).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
|
|
const char *name, const char *value)
|
|
{
|
|
ConfigVariable *item,
|
|
*prev = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Search the list for an existing match (we assume there's only one) */
|
|
for (item = *head_p; item != NULL; item = item->next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (strcmp(item->name, name) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* found a match, replace it */
|
|
pfree(item->value);
|
|
if (value != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* update the parameter value */
|
|
item->value = pstrdup(value);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* delete the configuration parameter from list */
|
|
if (*head_p == item)
|
|
*head_p = item->next;
|
|
else
|
|
prev->next = item->next;
|
|
if (*tail_p == item)
|
|
*tail_p = prev;
|
|
|
|
pfree(item->name);
|
|
pfree(item->filename);
|
|
pfree(item);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
prev = item;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Not there; no work if we're trying to delete it */
|
|
if (value == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* OK, append a new entry */
|
|
item = palloc(sizeof *item);
|
|
item->name = pstrdup(name);
|
|
item->value = pstrdup(value);
|
|
item->errmsg = NULL;
|
|
item->filename = pstrdup(""); /* new item has no location */
|
|
item->sourceline = 0;
|
|
item->ignore = false;
|
|
item->applied = false;
|
|
item->next = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (*head_p == NULL)
|
|
*head_p = item;
|
|
else
|
|
(*tail_p)->next = item;
|
|
*tail_p = item;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute ALTER SYSTEM statement.
|
|
*
|
|
* Read the old PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, merge in the new variable value,
|
|
* and write out an updated file. If the command is ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL,
|
|
* we can skip reading the old file and just write an empty file.
|
|
*
|
|
* An LWLock is used to serialize updates of the configuration file.
|
|
*
|
|
* In case of an error, we leave the original automatic
|
|
* configuration file (PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME) intact.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
AlterSystemSetConfigFile(AlterSystemStmt *altersysstmt)
|
|
{
|
|
char *name;
|
|
char *value;
|
|
bool resetall = false;
|
|
ConfigVariable *head = NULL;
|
|
ConfigVariable *tail = NULL;
|
|
volatile int Tmpfd;
|
|
char AutoConfFileName[MAXPGPATH];
|
|
char AutoConfTmpFileName[MAXPGPATH];
|
|
|
|
if (!superuser())
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
|
|
(errmsg("must be superuser to execute ALTER SYSTEM command"))));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Extract statement arguments
|
|
*/
|
|
name = altersysstmt->setstmt->name;
|
|
|
|
switch (altersysstmt->setstmt->kind)
|
|
{
|
|
case VAR_SET_VALUE:
|
|
value = ExtractSetVariableArgs(altersysstmt->setstmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case VAR_SET_DEFAULT:
|
|
case VAR_RESET:
|
|
value = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case VAR_RESET_ALL:
|
|
value = NULL;
|
|
resetall = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter system stmt type: %d",
|
|
altersysstmt->setstmt->kind);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unless it's RESET_ALL, validate the target variable and value
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!resetall)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
|
|
record = find_option(name, false, ERROR);
|
|
if (record == NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
|
|
errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
|
|
name)));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't allow parameters that can't be set in configuration files to
|
|
* be set in PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((record->context == PGC_INTERNAL) ||
|
|
(record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE) ||
|
|
(record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_AUTO_FILE))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
|
|
name)));
|
|
|
|
if (value)
|
|
{
|
|
union config_var_val newval;
|
|
void *newextra = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
|
|
PGC_S_FILE, ERROR,
|
|
&newval, &newextra))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
|
|
name, value)));
|
|
|
|
if (record->vartype == PGC_STRING && newval.stringval != NULL)
|
|
free(newval.stringval);
|
|
if (newextra)
|
|
free(newextra);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME and its corresponding temporary file are always in
|
|
* the data directory, so we can reference them by simple relative paths.
|
|
*/
|
|
snprintf(AutoConfFileName, sizeof(AutoConfFileName), "%s",
|
|
PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME);
|
|
snprintf(AutoConfTmpFileName, sizeof(AutoConfTmpFileName), "%s.%s",
|
|
AutoConfFileName,
|
|
"tmp");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Only one backend is allowed to operate on PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME at a
|
|
* time. Use AutoFileLock to ensure that. We must hold the lock while
|
|
* reading the old file contents.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWLockAcquire(AutoFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're going to reset everything, then no need to open or parse the
|
|
* old file. We'll just write out an empty list.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!resetall)
|
|
{
|
|
struct stat st;
|
|
|
|
if (stat(AutoConfFileName, &st) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* open old file PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME */
|
|
FILE *infile;
|
|
|
|
infile = AllocateFile(AutoConfFileName, "r");
|
|
if (infile == NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
|
|
AutoConfFileName)));
|
|
|
|
/* parse it */
|
|
if (!ParseConfigFp(infile, AutoConfFileName, 0, LOG, &head, &tail))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errmsg("could not parse contents of file \"%s\"",
|
|
AutoConfFileName)));
|
|
|
|
FreeFile(infile);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now, replace any existing entry with the new value, or add it if
|
|
* not present.
|
|
*/
|
|
replace_auto_config_value(&head, &tail, name, value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* To ensure crash safety, first write the new file data to a temp file,
|
|
* then atomically rename it into place.
|
|
*
|
|
* If there is a temp file left over due to a previous crash, it's okay to
|
|
* truncate and reuse it.
|
|
*/
|
|
Tmpfd = BasicOpenFile(AutoConfTmpFileName,
|
|
O_CREAT | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC,
|
|
S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
|
|
if (Tmpfd < 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode_for_file_access(),
|
|
errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
|
|
AutoConfTmpFileName)));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use a TRY block to clean up the file if we fail. Since we need a TRY
|
|
* block anyway, OK to use BasicOpenFile rather than OpenTransientFile.
|
|
*/
|
|
PG_TRY();
|
|
{
|
|
/* Write and sync the new contents to the temporary file */
|
|
write_auto_conf_file(Tmpfd, AutoConfTmpFileName, head);
|
|
|
|
/* Close before renaming; may be required on some platforms */
|
|
close(Tmpfd);
|
|
Tmpfd = -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* As the rename is atomic operation, if any problem occurs after this
|
|
* at worst it can lose the parameters set by last ALTER SYSTEM
|
|
* command.
|
|
*/
|
|
durable_rename(AutoConfTmpFileName, AutoConfFileName, ERROR);
|
|
}
|
|
PG_CATCH();
|
|
{
|
|
/* Close file first, else unlink might fail on some platforms */
|
|
if (Tmpfd >= 0)
|
|
close(Tmpfd);
|
|
|
|
/* Unlink, but ignore any error */
|
|
(void) unlink(AutoConfTmpFileName);
|
|
|
|
PG_RE_THROW();
|
|
}
|
|
PG_END_TRY();
|
|
|
|
FreeConfigVariables(head);
|
|
|
|
LWLockRelease(AutoFileLock);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SET command
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ExecSetVariableStmt(VariableSetStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel)
|
|
{
|
|
GucAction action = stmt->is_local ? GUC_ACTION_LOCAL : GUC_ACTION_SET;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Workers synchronize these parameters at the start of the parallel
|
|
* operation; then, we block SET during the operation.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsInParallelMode())
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE),
|
|
errmsg("cannot set parameters during a parallel operation")));
|
|
|
|
switch (stmt->kind)
|
|
{
|
|
case VAR_SET_VALUE:
|
|
case VAR_SET_CURRENT:
|
|
if (stmt->is_local)
|
|
WarnNoTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "SET LOCAL");
|
|
(void) set_config_option(stmt->name,
|
|
ExtractSetVariableArgs(stmt),
|
|
(superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET),
|
|
PGC_S_SESSION,
|
|
action, true, 0, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
case VAR_SET_MULTI:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Special-case SQL syntaxes. The TRANSACTION and SESSION
|
|
* CHARACTERISTICS cases effectively set more than one variable
|
|
* per statement. TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT only takes one argument,
|
|
* but we put it here anyway since it's a special case and not
|
|
* related to any GUC variable.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (strcmp(stmt->name, "TRANSACTION") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ListCell *head;
|
|
|
|
WarnNoTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "SET TRANSACTION");
|
|
|
|
foreach(head, stmt->args)
|
|
{
|
|
DefElem *item = (DefElem *) lfirst(head);
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_isolation") == 0)
|
|
SetPGVariable("transaction_isolation",
|
|
list_make1(item->arg), stmt->is_local);
|
|
else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_read_only") == 0)
|
|
SetPGVariable("transaction_read_only",
|
|
list_make1(item->arg), stmt->is_local);
|
|
else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_deferrable") == 0)
|
|
SetPGVariable("transaction_deferrable",
|
|
list_make1(item->arg), stmt->is_local);
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unexpected SET TRANSACTION element: %s",
|
|
item->defname);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strcmp(stmt->name, "SESSION CHARACTERISTICS") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ListCell *head;
|
|
|
|
foreach(head, stmt->args)
|
|
{
|
|
DefElem *item = (DefElem *) lfirst(head);
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_isolation") == 0)
|
|
SetPGVariable("default_transaction_isolation",
|
|
list_make1(item->arg), stmt->is_local);
|
|
else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_read_only") == 0)
|
|
SetPGVariable("default_transaction_read_only",
|
|
list_make1(item->arg), stmt->is_local);
|
|
else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_deferrable") == 0)
|
|
SetPGVariable("default_transaction_deferrable",
|
|
list_make1(item->arg), stmt->is_local);
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unexpected SET SESSION element: %s",
|
|
item->defname);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strcmp(stmt->name, "TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
A_Const *con = (A_Const *) linitial(stmt->args);
|
|
|
|
if (stmt->is_local)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("SET LOCAL TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT is not implemented")));
|
|
|
|
WarnNoTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "SET TRANSACTION");
|
|
Assert(IsA(con, A_Const));
|
|
Assert(nodeTag(&con->val) == T_String);
|
|
ImportSnapshot(strVal(&con->val));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unexpected SET MULTI element: %s",
|
|
stmt->name);
|
|
break;
|
|
case VAR_SET_DEFAULT:
|
|
if (stmt->is_local)
|
|
WarnNoTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "SET LOCAL");
|
|
/* fall through */
|
|
case VAR_RESET:
|
|
if (strcmp(stmt->name, "transaction_isolation") == 0)
|
|
WarnNoTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "RESET TRANSACTION");
|
|
|
|
(void) set_config_option(stmt->name,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
(superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET),
|
|
PGC_S_SESSION,
|
|
action, true, 0, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
case VAR_RESET_ALL:
|
|
ResetAllOptions();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the value to assign for a VariableSetStmt, or NULL if it's RESET.
|
|
* The result is palloc'd.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is exported for use by actions such as ALTER ROLE SET.
|
|
*/
|
|
char *
|
|
ExtractSetVariableArgs(VariableSetStmt *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (stmt->kind)
|
|
{
|
|
case VAR_SET_VALUE:
|
|
return flatten_set_variable_args(stmt->name, stmt->args);
|
|
case VAR_SET_CURRENT:
|
|
return GetConfigOptionByName(stmt->name, NULL, false);
|
|
default:
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SetPGVariable - SET command exported as an easily-C-callable function.
|
|
*
|
|
* This provides access to SET TO value, as well as SET TO DEFAULT (expressed
|
|
* by passing args == NIL), but not SET FROM CURRENT functionality.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
SetPGVariable(const char *name, List *args, bool is_local)
|
|
{
|
|
char *argstring = flatten_set_variable_args(name, args);
|
|
|
|
/* Note SET DEFAULT (argstring == NULL) is equivalent to RESET */
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name,
|
|
argstring,
|
|
(superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET),
|
|
PGC_S_SESSION,
|
|
is_local ? GUC_ACTION_LOCAL : GUC_ACTION_SET,
|
|
true, 0, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SET command wrapped as a SQL callable function.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
set_config_by_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
char *name;
|
|
char *value;
|
|
char *new_value;
|
|
bool is_local;
|
|
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(0))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("SET requires parameter name")));
|
|
|
|
/* Get the GUC variable name */
|
|
name = TextDatumGetCString(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
|
|
|
|
/* Get the desired value or set to NULL for a reset request */
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
value = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
value = TextDatumGetCString(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the desired state of is_local. Default to false if provided value
|
|
* is NULL
|
|
*/
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(2))
|
|
is_local = false;
|
|
else
|
|
is_local = PG_GETARG_BOOL(2);
|
|
|
|
/* Note SET DEFAULT (argstring == NULL) is equivalent to RESET */
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name,
|
|
value,
|
|
(superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET),
|
|
PGC_S_SESSION,
|
|
is_local ? GUC_ACTION_LOCAL : GUC_ACTION_SET,
|
|
true, 0, false);
|
|
|
|
/* get the new current value */
|
|
new_value = GetConfigOptionByName(name, NULL, false);
|
|
|
|
/* Convert return string to text */
|
|
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(cstring_to_text(new_value));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: allocate the
|
|
* new variable's config struct and fill in generic fields.
|
|
*/
|
|
static struct config_generic *
|
|
init_custom_variable(const char *name,
|
|
const char *short_desc,
|
|
const char *long_desc,
|
|
GucContext context,
|
|
int flags,
|
|
enum config_type type,
|
|
size_t sz)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *gen;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Only allow custom PGC_POSTMASTER variables to be created during shared
|
|
* library preload; any later than that, we can't ensure that the value
|
|
* doesn't change after startup. This is a fatal elog if it happens; just
|
|
* erroring out isn't safe because we don't know what the calling loadable
|
|
* module might already have hooked into.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER &&
|
|
!process_shared_preload_libraries_in_progress)
|
|
elog(FATAL, "cannot create PGC_POSTMASTER variables after startup");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Before pljava commit 398f3b876ed402bdaec8bc804f29e2be95c75139
|
|
* (2015-12-15), two of that module's PGC_USERSET variables facilitated
|
|
* trivial escalation to superuser privileges. Restrict the variables to
|
|
* protect sites that have yet to upgrade pljava.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (context == PGC_USERSET &&
|
|
(strcmp(name, "pljava.classpath") == 0 ||
|
|
strcmp(name, "pljava.vmoptions") == 0))
|
|
context = PGC_SUSET;
|
|
|
|
gen = (struct config_generic *) guc_malloc(ERROR, sz);
|
|
memset(gen, 0, sz);
|
|
|
|
gen->name = guc_strdup(ERROR, name);
|
|
gen->context = context;
|
|
gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
|
|
gen->short_desc = short_desc;
|
|
gen->long_desc = long_desc;
|
|
gen->flags = flags;
|
|
gen->vartype = type;
|
|
|
|
return gen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: insert the new
|
|
* variable into the GUC variable array, replacing any placeholder.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
define_custom_variable(struct config_generic * variable)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *name = variable->name;
|
|
const char **nameAddr = &name;
|
|
struct config_string *pHolder;
|
|
struct config_generic **res;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* See if there's a placeholder by the same name.
|
|
*/
|
|
res = (struct config_generic **) bsearch((void *) &nameAddr,
|
|
(void *) guc_variables,
|
|
num_guc_variables,
|
|
sizeof(struct config_generic *),
|
|
guc_var_compare);
|
|
if (res == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* No placeholder to replace, so we can just add it ... but first,
|
|
* make sure it's initialized to its default value.
|
|
*/
|
|
InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
|
|
add_guc_variable(variable, ERROR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This better be a placeholder
|
|
*/
|
|
if (((*res)->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("attempt to redefine parameter \"%s\"", name)));
|
|
|
|
Assert((*res)->vartype == PGC_STRING);
|
|
pHolder = (struct config_string *) (*res);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First, set the variable to its default value. We must do this even
|
|
* though we intend to immediately apply a new value, since it's possible
|
|
* that the new value is invalid.
|
|
*/
|
|
InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Replace the placeholder. We aren't changing the name, so no re-sorting
|
|
* is necessary
|
|
*/
|
|
*res = variable;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assign the string value(s) stored in the placeholder to the real
|
|
* variable. Essentially, we need to duplicate all the active and stacked
|
|
* values, but with appropriate validation and datatype adjustment.
|
|
*
|
|
* If an assignment fails, we report a WARNING and keep going. We don't
|
|
* want to throw ERROR for bad values, because it'd bollix the add-on
|
|
* module that's presumably halfway through getting loaded. In such cases
|
|
* the default or previous state will become active instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* First, apply the reset value if any */
|
|
if (pHolder->reset_val)
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, pHolder->reset_val,
|
|
pHolder->gen.reset_scontext,
|
|
pHolder->gen.reset_source,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
|
|
/* That should not have resulted in stacking anything */
|
|
Assert(variable->stack == NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* Now, apply current and stacked values, in the order they were stacked */
|
|
reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, pHolder->gen.stack,
|
|
*(pHolder->variable),
|
|
pHolder->gen.scontext, pHolder->gen.source);
|
|
|
|
/* Also copy over any saved source-location information */
|
|
if (pHolder->gen.sourcefile)
|
|
set_config_sourcefile(name, pHolder->gen.sourcefile,
|
|
pHolder->gen.sourceline);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free up as much as we conveniently can of the placeholder structure.
|
|
* (This neglects any stack items, so it's possible for some memory to be
|
|
* leaked. Since this can only happen once per session per variable, it
|
|
* doesn't seem worth spending much code on.)
|
|
*/
|
|
set_string_field(pHolder, pHolder->variable, NULL);
|
|
set_string_field(pHolder, &pHolder->reset_val, NULL);
|
|
|
|
free(pHolder);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recursive subroutine for define_custom_variable: reapply non-reset values
|
|
*
|
|
* We recurse so that the values are applied in the same order as originally.
|
|
* At each recursion level, apply the upper-level value (passed in) in the
|
|
* fashion implied by the stack entry.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic * variable,
|
|
struct config_string * pHolder,
|
|
GucStack *stack,
|
|
const char *curvalue,
|
|
GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *name = variable->name;
|
|
GucStack *oldvarstack = variable->stack;
|
|
|
|
if (stack != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* First, recurse, so that stack items are processed bottom to top */
|
|
reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, stack->prev,
|
|
stack->prior.val.stringval,
|
|
stack->scontext, stack->source);
|
|
|
|
/* See how to apply the passed-in value */
|
|
switch (stack->state)
|
|
{
|
|
case GUC_SAVE:
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, curvalue,
|
|
curscontext, cursource,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true,
|
|
WARNING, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case GUC_SET:
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, curvalue,
|
|
curscontext, cursource,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
|
|
WARNING, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case GUC_LOCAL:
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, curvalue,
|
|
curscontext, cursource,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
|
|
WARNING, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
|
|
/* first, apply the masked value as SET */
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, stack->masked.val.stringval,
|
|
stack->masked_scontext, PGC_S_SESSION,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
|
|
WARNING, false);
|
|
/* then apply the current value as LOCAL */
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, curvalue,
|
|
curscontext, cursource,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
|
|
WARNING, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we successfully made a stack entry, adjust its nest level */
|
|
if (variable->stack != oldvarstack)
|
|
variable->stack->nest_level = stack->nest_level;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We are at the end of the stack. If the active/previous value is
|
|
* different from the reset value, it must represent a previously
|
|
* committed session value. Apply it, and then drop the stack entry
|
|
* that set_config_option will have created under the impression that
|
|
* this is to be just a transactional assignment. (We leak the stack
|
|
* entry.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curvalue != pHolder->reset_val ||
|
|
curscontext != pHolder->gen.reset_scontext ||
|
|
cursource != pHolder->gen.reset_source)
|
|
{
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, curvalue,
|
|
curscontext, cursource,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
|
|
variable->stack = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
DefineCustomBoolVariable(const char *name,
|
|
const char *short_desc,
|
|
const char *long_desc,
|
|
bool *valueAddr,
|
|
bool bootValue,
|
|
GucContext context,
|
|
int flags,
|
|
GucBoolCheckHook check_hook,
|
|
GucBoolAssignHook assign_hook,
|
|
GucShowHook show_hook)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *var;
|
|
|
|
var = (struct config_bool *)
|
|
init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
|
|
PGC_BOOL, sizeof(struct config_bool));
|
|
var->variable = valueAddr;
|
|
var->boot_val = bootValue;
|
|
var->reset_val = bootValue;
|
|
var->check_hook = check_hook;
|
|
var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
|
|
var->show_hook = show_hook;
|
|
define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
DefineCustomIntVariable(const char *name,
|
|
const char *short_desc,
|
|
const char *long_desc,
|
|
int *valueAddr,
|
|
int bootValue,
|
|
int minValue,
|
|
int maxValue,
|
|
GucContext context,
|
|
int flags,
|
|
GucIntCheckHook check_hook,
|
|
GucIntAssignHook assign_hook,
|
|
GucShowHook show_hook)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *var;
|
|
|
|
var = (struct config_int *)
|
|
init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
|
|
PGC_INT, sizeof(struct config_int));
|
|
var->variable = valueAddr;
|
|
var->boot_val = bootValue;
|
|
var->reset_val = bootValue;
|
|
var->min = minValue;
|
|
var->max = maxValue;
|
|
var->check_hook = check_hook;
|
|
var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
|
|
var->show_hook = show_hook;
|
|
define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
DefineCustomRealVariable(const char *name,
|
|
const char *short_desc,
|
|
const char *long_desc,
|
|
double *valueAddr,
|
|
double bootValue,
|
|
double minValue,
|
|
double maxValue,
|
|
GucContext context,
|
|
int flags,
|
|
GucRealCheckHook check_hook,
|
|
GucRealAssignHook assign_hook,
|
|
GucShowHook show_hook)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *var;
|
|
|
|
var = (struct config_real *)
|
|
init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
|
|
PGC_REAL, sizeof(struct config_real));
|
|
var->variable = valueAddr;
|
|
var->boot_val = bootValue;
|
|
var->reset_val = bootValue;
|
|
var->min = minValue;
|
|
var->max = maxValue;
|
|
var->check_hook = check_hook;
|
|
var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
|
|
var->show_hook = show_hook;
|
|
define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
DefineCustomStringVariable(const char *name,
|
|
const char *short_desc,
|
|
const char *long_desc,
|
|
char **valueAddr,
|
|
const char *bootValue,
|
|
GucContext context,
|
|
int flags,
|
|
GucStringCheckHook check_hook,
|
|
GucStringAssignHook assign_hook,
|
|
GucShowHook show_hook)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *var;
|
|
|
|
var = (struct config_string *)
|
|
init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
|
|
PGC_STRING, sizeof(struct config_string));
|
|
var->variable = valueAddr;
|
|
var->boot_val = bootValue;
|
|
var->check_hook = check_hook;
|
|
var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
|
|
var->show_hook = show_hook;
|
|
define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
DefineCustomEnumVariable(const char *name,
|
|
const char *short_desc,
|
|
const char *long_desc,
|
|
int *valueAddr,
|
|
int bootValue,
|
|
const struct config_enum_entry * options,
|
|
GucContext context,
|
|
int flags,
|
|
GucEnumCheckHook check_hook,
|
|
GucEnumAssignHook assign_hook,
|
|
GucShowHook show_hook)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *var;
|
|
|
|
var = (struct config_enum *)
|
|
init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
|
|
PGC_ENUM, sizeof(struct config_enum));
|
|
var->variable = valueAddr;
|
|
var->boot_val = bootValue;
|
|
var->reset_val = bootValue;
|
|
var->options = options;
|
|
var->check_hook = check_hook;
|
|
var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
|
|
var->show_hook = show_hook;
|
|
define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders(const char *className)
|
|
{
|
|
int classLen = strlen(className);
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *var = guc_variables[i];
|
|
|
|
if ((var->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) != 0 &&
|
|
strncmp(className, var->name, classLen) == 0 &&
|
|
var->name[classLen] == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(WARNING,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
|
|
errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
|
|
var->name)));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SHOW command
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
GetPGVariable(const char *name, DestReceiver *dest)
|
|
{
|
|
if (guc_name_compare(name, "all") == 0)
|
|
ShowAllGUCConfig(dest);
|
|
else
|
|
ShowGUCConfigOption(name, dest);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TupleDesc
|
|
GetPGVariableResultDesc(const char *name)
|
|
{
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc;
|
|
|
|
if (guc_name_compare(name, "all") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* need a tuple descriptor representing three TEXT columns */
|
|
tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(3, false);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 1, "name",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 2, "setting",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 3, "description",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
const char *varname;
|
|
|
|
/* Get the canonical spelling of name */
|
|
(void) GetConfigOptionByName(name, &varname, false);
|
|
|
|
/* need a tuple descriptor representing a single TEXT column */
|
|
tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(1, false);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 1, varname,
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
return tupdesc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SHOW command
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
ShowGUCConfigOption(const char *name, DestReceiver *dest)
|
|
{
|
|
TupOutputState *tstate;
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc;
|
|
const char *varname;
|
|
char *value;
|
|
|
|
/* Get the value and canonical spelling of name */
|
|
value = GetConfigOptionByName(name, &varname, false);
|
|
|
|
/* need a tuple descriptor representing a single TEXT column */
|
|
tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(1, false);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 1, varname,
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* prepare for projection of tuples */
|
|
tstate = begin_tup_output_tupdesc(dest, tupdesc);
|
|
|
|
/* Send it */
|
|
do_text_output_oneline(tstate, value);
|
|
|
|
end_tup_output(tstate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SHOW ALL command
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
ShowAllGUCConfig(DestReceiver *dest)
|
|
{
|
|
bool am_superuser = superuser();
|
|
int i;
|
|
TupOutputState *tstate;
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc;
|
|
Datum values[3];
|
|
bool isnull[3] = {false, false, false};
|
|
|
|
/* need a tuple descriptor representing three TEXT columns */
|
|
tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(3, false);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 1, "name",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 2, "setting",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 3, "description",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* prepare for projection of tuples */
|
|
tstate = begin_tup_output_tupdesc(dest, tupdesc);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *conf = guc_variables[i];
|
|
char *setting;
|
|
|
|
if ((conf->flags & GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL) ||
|
|
((conf->flags & GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY) && !am_superuser))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* assign to the values array */
|
|
values[0] = PointerGetDatum(cstring_to_text(conf->name));
|
|
|
|
setting = _ShowOption(conf, true);
|
|
if (setting)
|
|
{
|
|
values[1] = PointerGetDatum(cstring_to_text(setting));
|
|
isnull[1] = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
values[1] = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
|
|
isnull[1] = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
values[2] = PointerGetDatum(cstring_to_text(conf->short_desc));
|
|
|
|
/* send it to dest */
|
|
do_tup_output(tstate, values, isnull);
|
|
|
|
/* clean up */
|
|
pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[0]));
|
|
if (setting)
|
|
{
|
|
pfree(setting);
|
|
pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[1]));
|
|
}
|
|
pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[2]));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
end_tup_output(tstate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return GUC variable value by name; optionally return canonical form of
|
|
* name. If the GUC is unset, then throw an error unless missing_ok is true,
|
|
* in which case return NULL. Return value is palloc'd (but *varname isn't).
|
|
*/
|
|
char *
|
|
GetConfigOptionByName(const char *name, const char **varname, bool missing_ok)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
|
|
record = find_option(name, false, ERROR);
|
|
if (record == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (missing_ok)
|
|
{
|
|
if (varname)
|
|
*varname = NULL;
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
|
|
errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"", name)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((record->flags & GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY) && !superuser())
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
|
|
errmsg("must be superuser to examine \"%s\"", name)));
|
|
|
|
if (varname)
|
|
*varname = record->name;
|
|
|
|
return _ShowOption(record, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return GUC variable value by variable number; optionally return canonical
|
|
* form of name. Return value is palloc'd.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
GetConfigOptionByNum(int varnum, const char **values, bool *noshow)
|
|
{
|
|
char buffer[256];
|
|
struct config_generic *conf;
|
|
|
|
/* check requested variable number valid */
|
|
Assert((varnum >= 0) && (varnum < num_guc_variables));
|
|
|
|
conf = guc_variables[varnum];
|
|
|
|
if (noshow)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((conf->flags & GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL) ||
|
|
((conf->flags & GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY) && !superuser()))
|
|
*noshow = true;
|
|
else
|
|
*noshow = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* first get the generic attributes */
|
|
|
|
/* name */
|
|
values[0] = conf->name;
|
|
|
|
/* setting : use _ShowOption in order to avoid duplicating the logic */
|
|
values[1] = _ShowOption(conf, false);
|
|
|
|
/* unit */
|
|
if (conf->vartype == PGC_INT)
|
|
{
|
|
static char buf[8];
|
|
|
|
switch (conf->flags & (GUC_UNIT_MEMORY | GUC_UNIT_TIME))
|
|
{
|
|
case GUC_UNIT_KB:
|
|
values[2] = "kB";
|
|
break;
|
|
case GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS:
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%dkB", BLCKSZ / 1024);
|
|
values[2] = buf;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS:
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%dkB", XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024);
|
|
values[2] = buf;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GUC_UNIT_MS:
|
|
values[2] = "ms";
|
|
break;
|
|
case GUC_UNIT_S:
|
|
values[2] = "s";
|
|
break;
|
|
case GUC_UNIT_MIN:
|
|
values[2] = "min";
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
values[2] = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
values[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* group */
|
|
values[3] = config_group_names[conf->group];
|
|
|
|
/* short_desc */
|
|
values[4] = conf->short_desc;
|
|
|
|
/* extra_desc */
|
|
values[5] = conf->long_desc;
|
|
|
|
/* context */
|
|
values[6] = GucContext_Names[conf->context];
|
|
|
|
/* vartype */
|
|
values[7] = config_type_names[conf->vartype];
|
|
|
|
/* source */
|
|
values[8] = GucSource_Names[conf->source];
|
|
|
|
/* now get the type specifc attributes */
|
|
switch (conf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *lconf = (struct config_bool *) conf;
|
|
|
|
/* min_val */
|
|
values[9] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* max_val */
|
|
values[10] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* enumvals */
|
|
values[11] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* boot_val */
|
|
values[12] = pstrdup(lconf->boot_val ? "on" : "off");
|
|
|
|
/* reset_val */
|
|
values[13] = pstrdup(lconf->reset_val ? "on" : "off");
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *lconf = (struct config_int *) conf;
|
|
|
|
/* min_val */
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d", lconf->min);
|
|
values[9] = pstrdup(buffer);
|
|
|
|
/* max_val */
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d", lconf->max);
|
|
values[10] = pstrdup(buffer);
|
|
|
|
/* enumvals */
|
|
values[11] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* boot_val */
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d", lconf->boot_val);
|
|
values[12] = pstrdup(buffer);
|
|
|
|
/* reset_val */
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d", lconf->reset_val);
|
|
values[13] = pstrdup(buffer);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *lconf = (struct config_real *) conf;
|
|
|
|
/* min_val */
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g", lconf->min);
|
|
values[9] = pstrdup(buffer);
|
|
|
|
/* max_val */
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g", lconf->max);
|
|
values[10] = pstrdup(buffer);
|
|
|
|
/* enumvals */
|
|
values[11] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* boot_val */
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g", lconf->boot_val);
|
|
values[12] = pstrdup(buffer);
|
|
|
|
/* reset_val */
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g", lconf->reset_val);
|
|
values[13] = pstrdup(buffer);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *lconf = (struct config_string *) conf;
|
|
|
|
/* min_val */
|
|
values[9] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* max_val */
|
|
values[10] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* enumvals */
|
|
values[11] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* boot_val */
|
|
if (lconf->boot_val == NULL)
|
|
values[12] = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
values[12] = pstrdup(lconf->boot_val);
|
|
|
|
/* reset_val */
|
|
if (lconf->reset_val == NULL)
|
|
values[13] = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
values[13] = pstrdup(lconf->reset_val);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *lconf = (struct config_enum *) conf;
|
|
|
|
/* min_val */
|
|
values[9] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* max_val */
|
|
values[10] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* enumvals */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE! enumvals with double quotes in them are not
|
|
* supported!
|
|
*/
|
|
values[11] = config_enum_get_options((struct config_enum *) conf,
|
|
"{\"", "\"}", "\",\"");
|
|
|
|
/* boot_val */
|
|
values[12] = pstrdup(config_enum_lookup_by_value(lconf,
|
|
lconf->boot_val));
|
|
|
|
/* reset_val */
|
|
values[13] = pstrdup(config_enum_lookup_by_value(lconf,
|
|
lconf->reset_val));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* should never get here, but in case we do, set 'em to NULL
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* min_val */
|
|
values[9] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* max_val */
|
|
values[10] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* enumvals */
|
|
values[11] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* boot_val */
|
|
values[12] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* reset_val */
|
|
values[13] = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the setting came from a config file, set the source location. For
|
|
* security reasons, we don't show source file/line number for
|
|
* non-superusers.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (conf->source == PGC_S_FILE && superuser())
|
|
{
|
|
values[14] = conf->sourcefile;
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d", conf->sourceline);
|
|
values[15] = pstrdup(buffer);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
values[14] = NULL;
|
|
values[15] = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
values[16] = (conf->status & GUC_PENDING_RESTART) ? "t" : "f";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the total number of GUC variables
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
GetNumConfigOptions(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return num_guc_variables;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* show_config_by_name - equiv to SHOW X command but implemented as
|
|
* a function.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
show_config_by_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
char *varname = TextDatumGetCString(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
|
|
char *varval;
|
|
|
|
/* Get the value */
|
|
varval = GetConfigOptionByName(varname, NULL, false);
|
|
|
|
/* Convert to text */
|
|
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(cstring_to_text(varval));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* show_config_by_name_missing_ok - equiv to SHOW X command but implemented as
|
|
* a function. If X does not exist, suppress the error and just return NULL
|
|
* if missing_ok is TRUE.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
show_config_by_name_missing_ok(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
char *varname = TextDatumGetCString(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
|
|
bool missing_ok = PG_GETARG_BOOL(1);
|
|
char *varval;
|
|
|
|
/* Get the value */
|
|
varval = GetConfigOptionByName(varname, NULL, missing_ok);
|
|
|
|
/* return NULL if no such variable */
|
|
if (varval == NULL)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
|
|
/* Convert to text */
|
|
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(cstring_to_text(varval));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* show_all_settings - equiv to SHOW ALL command but implemented as
|
|
* a Table Function.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define NUM_PG_SETTINGS_ATTS 17
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
show_all_settings(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
FuncCallContext *funcctx;
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc;
|
|
int call_cntr;
|
|
int max_calls;
|
|
AttInMetadata *attinmeta;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* stuff done only on the first call of the function */
|
|
if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
|
|
{
|
|
/* create a function context for cross-call persistence */
|
|
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* switch to memory context appropriate for multiple function calls
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* need a tuple descriptor representing NUM_PG_SETTINGS_ATTS columns
|
|
* of the appropriate types
|
|
*/
|
|
tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(NUM_PG_SETTINGS_ATTS, false);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 1, "name",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 2, "setting",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 3, "unit",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 4, "category",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 5, "short_desc",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 6, "extra_desc",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 7, "context",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 8, "vartype",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 9, "source",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 10, "min_val",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 11, "max_val",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 12, "enumvals",
|
|
TEXTARRAYOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 13, "boot_val",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 14, "reset_val",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 15, "sourcefile",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 16, "sourceline",
|
|
INT4OID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 17, "pending_restart",
|
|
BOOLOID, -1, 0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generate attribute metadata needed later to produce tuples from raw
|
|
* C strings
|
|
*/
|
|
attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
|
|
funcctx->attinmeta = attinmeta;
|
|
|
|
/* total number of tuples to be returned */
|
|
funcctx->max_calls = GetNumConfigOptions();
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* stuff done on every call of the function */
|
|
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
|
|
|
|
call_cntr = funcctx->call_cntr;
|
|
max_calls = funcctx->max_calls;
|
|
attinmeta = funcctx->attinmeta;
|
|
|
|
if (call_cntr < max_calls) /* do when there is more left to send */
|
|
{
|
|
char *values[NUM_PG_SETTINGS_ATTS];
|
|
bool noshow;
|
|
HeapTuple tuple;
|
|
Datum result;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the next visible GUC variable name and value
|
|
*/
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
GetConfigOptionByNum(call_cntr, (const char **) values, &noshow);
|
|
if (noshow)
|
|
{
|
|
/* bump the counter and get the next config setting */
|
|
call_cntr = ++funcctx->call_cntr;
|
|
|
|
/* make sure we haven't gone too far now */
|
|
if (call_cntr >= max_calls)
|
|
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
|
|
}
|
|
} while (noshow);
|
|
|
|
/* build a tuple */
|
|
tuple = BuildTupleFromCStrings(attinmeta, values);
|
|
|
|
/* make the tuple into a datum */
|
|
result = HeapTupleGetDatum(tuple);
|
|
|
|
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* do when there is no more left */
|
|
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* show_all_file_settings
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns a table of all parameter settings in all configuration files
|
|
* which includes the config file pathname, the line number, a sequence number
|
|
* indicating the order in which the settings were encountered, the parameter
|
|
* name and value, a bool showing if the value could be applied, and possibly
|
|
* an associated error message. (For problems such as syntax errors, the
|
|
* parameter name/value might be NULL.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: no filtering is done here, instead we depend on the GRANT system
|
|
* to prevent unprivileged users from accessing this function or the view
|
|
* built on top of it.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
show_all_file_settings(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
#define NUM_PG_FILE_SETTINGS_ATTS 7
|
|
ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo;
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc;
|
|
Tuplestorestate *tupstore;
|
|
ConfigVariable *conf;
|
|
int seqno;
|
|
MemoryContext per_query_ctx;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see if caller supports us returning a tuplestore */
|
|
if (rsinfo == NULL || !IsA(rsinfo, ReturnSetInfo))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set")));
|
|
if (!(rsinfo->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("materialize mode required, but it is not " \
|
|
"allowed in this context")));
|
|
|
|
/* Scan the config files using current context as workspace */
|
|
conf = ProcessConfigFileInternal(PGC_SIGHUP, false, DEBUG3);
|
|
|
|
/* Switch into long-lived context to construct returned data structures */
|
|
per_query_ctx = rsinfo->econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory;
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(per_query_ctx);
|
|
|
|
/* Build a tuple descriptor for our result type */
|
|
tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(NUM_PG_FILE_SETTINGS_ATTS, false);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 1, "sourcefile",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 2, "sourceline",
|
|
INT4OID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 3, "seqno",
|
|
INT4OID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 4, "name",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 5, "setting",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 6, "applied",
|
|
BOOLOID, -1, 0);
|
|
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 7, "error",
|
|
TEXTOID, -1, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Build a tuplestore to return our results in */
|
|
tupstore = tuplestore_begin_heap(true, false, work_mem);
|
|
rsinfo->returnMode = SFRM_Materialize;
|
|
rsinfo->setResult = tupstore;
|
|
rsinfo->setDesc = tupdesc;
|
|
|
|
/* The rest can be done in short-lived context */
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
/* Process the results and create a tuplestore */
|
|
for (seqno = 1; conf != NULL; conf = conf->next, seqno++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum values[NUM_PG_FILE_SETTINGS_ATTS];
|
|
bool nulls[NUM_PG_FILE_SETTINGS_ATTS];
|
|
|
|
memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
|
|
memset(nulls, 0, sizeof(nulls));
|
|
|
|
/* sourcefile */
|
|
if (conf->filename)
|
|
values[0] = PointerGetDatum(cstring_to_text(conf->filename));
|
|
else
|
|
nulls[0] = true;
|
|
|
|
/* sourceline (not meaningful if no sourcefile) */
|
|
if (conf->filename)
|
|
values[1] = Int32GetDatum(conf->sourceline);
|
|
else
|
|
nulls[1] = true;
|
|
|
|
/* seqno */
|
|
values[2] = Int32GetDatum(seqno);
|
|
|
|
/* name */
|
|
if (conf->name)
|
|
values[3] = PointerGetDatum(cstring_to_text(conf->name));
|
|
else
|
|
nulls[3] = true;
|
|
|
|
/* setting */
|
|
if (conf->value)
|
|
values[4] = PointerGetDatum(cstring_to_text(conf->value));
|
|
else
|
|
nulls[4] = true;
|
|
|
|
/* applied */
|
|
values[5] = BoolGetDatum(conf->applied);
|
|
|
|
/* error */
|
|
if (conf->errmsg)
|
|
values[6] = PointerGetDatum(cstring_to_text(conf->errmsg));
|
|
else
|
|
nulls[6] = true;
|
|
|
|
/* shove row into tuplestore */
|
|
tuplestore_putvalues(tupstore, tupdesc, values, nulls);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
tuplestore_donestoring(tupstore);
|
|
|
|
return (Datum) 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static char *
|
|
_ShowOption(struct config_generic * record, bool use_units)
|
|
{
|
|
char buffer[256];
|
|
const char *val;
|
|
|
|
switch (record->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->show_hook)
|
|
val = (*conf->show_hook) ();
|
|
else
|
|
val = *conf->variable ? "on" : "off";
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->show_hook)
|
|
val = (*conf->show_hook) ();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use int64 arithmetic to avoid overflows in units
|
|
* conversion.
|
|
*/
|
|
int64 result = *conf->variable;
|
|
const char *unit;
|
|
|
|
if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
|
|
{
|
|
convert_from_base_unit(result, record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
|
|
&result, &unit);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
unit = "";
|
|
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), INT64_FORMAT "%s",
|
|
result, unit);
|
|
val = buffer;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->show_hook)
|
|
val = (*conf->show_hook) ();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
|
|
*conf->variable);
|
|
val = buffer;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->show_hook)
|
|
val = (*conf->show_hook) ();
|
|
else if (*conf->variable && **conf->variable)
|
|
val = *conf->variable;
|
|
else
|
|
val = "";
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
|
|
|
|
if (conf->show_hook)
|
|
val = (*conf->show_hook) ();
|
|
else
|
|
val = config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
/* just to keep compiler quiet */
|
|
val = "???";
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return pstrdup(val);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* These routines dump out all non-default GUC options into a binary
|
|
* file that is read by all exec'ed backends. The format is:
|
|
*
|
|
* variable name, string, null terminated
|
|
* variable value, string, null terminated
|
|
* variable sourcefile, string, null terminated (empty if none)
|
|
* variable sourceline, integer
|
|
* variable source, integer
|
|
* variable scontext, integer
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
write_one_nondefault_variable(FILE *fp, struct config_generic * gconf)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->name);
|
|
fputc(0, fp);
|
|
|
|
switch (gconf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
if (*conf->variable)
|
|
fprintf(fp, "true");
|
|
else
|
|
fprintf(fp, "false");
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
fprintf(fp, "%d", *conf->variable);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
fprintf(fp, "%.17g", *conf->variable);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
fprintf(fp, "%s", *conf->variable);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
fprintf(fp, "%s",
|
|
config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fputc(0, fp);
|
|
|
|
if (gconf->sourcefile)
|
|
fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->sourcefile);
|
|
fputc(0, fp);
|
|
|
|
fwrite(&gconf->sourceline, 1, sizeof(gconf->sourceline), fp);
|
|
fwrite(&gconf->source, 1, sizeof(gconf->source), fp);
|
|
fwrite(&gconf->scontext, 1, sizeof(gconf->scontext), fp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
write_nondefault_variables(GucContext context)
|
|
{
|
|
int elevel;
|
|
FILE *fp;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
Assert(context == PGC_POSTMASTER || context == PGC_SIGHUP);
|
|
|
|
elevel = (context == PGC_SIGHUP) ? LOG : ERROR;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open file
|
|
*/
|
|
fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, "w");
|
|
if (!fp)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode_for_file_access(),
|
|
errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
|
|
CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
write_one_nondefault_variable(fp, guc_variables[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (FreeFile(fp))
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode_for_file_access(),
|
|
errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
|
|
CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Put new file in place. This could delay on Win32, but we don't hold
|
|
* any exclusive locks.
|
|
*/
|
|
rename(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Read string, including null byte from file
|
|
*
|
|
* Return NULL on EOF and nothing read
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
read_string_with_null(FILE *fp)
|
|
{
|
|
int i = 0,
|
|
ch,
|
|
maxlen = 256;
|
|
char *str = NULL;
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ((ch = fgetc(fp)) == EOF)
|
|
{
|
|
if (i == 0)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
|
|
}
|
|
if (i == 0)
|
|
str = guc_malloc(FATAL, maxlen);
|
|
else if (i == maxlen)
|
|
str = guc_realloc(FATAL, str, maxlen *= 2);
|
|
str[i++] = ch;
|
|
} while (ch != 0);
|
|
|
|
return str;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This routine loads a previous postmaster dump of its non-default
|
|
* settings.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
read_nondefault_variables(void)
|
|
{
|
|
FILE *fp;
|
|
char *varname,
|
|
*varvalue,
|
|
*varsourcefile;
|
|
int varsourceline;
|
|
GucSource varsource;
|
|
GucContext varscontext;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assert that PGC_BACKEND/PGC_SU_BACKEND case in set_config_option() will
|
|
* do the right thing.
|
|
*/
|
|
Assert(IsInitProcessingMode());
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open file
|
|
*/
|
|
fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS, "r");
|
|
if (!fp)
|
|
{
|
|
/* File not found is fine */
|
|
if (errno != ENOENT)
|
|
ereport(FATAL,
|
|
(errcode_for_file_access(),
|
|
errmsg("could not read from file \"%s\": %m",
|
|
CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS)));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
|
|
if ((varname = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if ((record = find_option(varname, true, FATAL)) == NULL)
|
|
elog(FATAL, "failed to locate variable \"%s\" in exec config params file", varname);
|
|
|
|
if ((varvalue = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
|
|
elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
|
|
if ((varsourcefile = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
|
|
elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
|
|
if (fread(&varsourceline, 1, sizeof(varsourceline), fp) != sizeof(varsourceline))
|
|
elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
|
|
if (fread(&varsource, 1, sizeof(varsource), fp) != sizeof(varsource))
|
|
elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
|
|
if (fread(&varscontext, 1, sizeof(varscontext), fp) != sizeof(varscontext))
|
|
elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
|
|
|
|
(void) set_config_option(varname, varvalue,
|
|
varscontext, varsource,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, true);
|
|
if (varsourcefile[0])
|
|
set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
|
|
|
|
free(varname);
|
|
free(varvalue);
|
|
free(varsourcefile);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FreeFile(fp);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* EXEC_BACKEND */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* can_skip_gucvar:
|
|
* When serializing, determine whether to skip this GUC. When restoring, the
|
|
* negation of this test determines whether to restore the compiled-in default
|
|
* value before processing serialized values.
|
|
*
|
|
* A PGC_S_DEFAULT setting on the serialize side will typically match new
|
|
* postmaster children, but that can be false when got_SIGHUP == true and the
|
|
* pending configuration change modifies this setting. Nonetheless, we omit
|
|
* PGC_S_DEFAULT settings from serialization and make up for that by restoring
|
|
* defaults before applying serialized values.
|
|
*
|
|
* PGC_POSTMASTER variables always have the same value in every child of a
|
|
* particular postmaster. Most PGC_INTERNAL variables are compile-time
|
|
* constants; a few, like server_encoding and lc_ctype, are handled specially
|
|
* outside the serialize/restore procedure. Therefore, SerializeGUCState()
|
|
* never sends these, and RestoreGUCState() never changes them.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
can_skip_gucvar(struct config_generic * gconf)
|
|
{
|
|
return gconf->context == PGC_POSTMASTER ||
|
|
gconf->context == PGC_INTERNAL || gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* estimate_variable_size:
|
|
* Estimate max size for dumping the given GUC variable.
|
|
*/
|
|
static Size
|
|
estimate_variable_size(struct config_generic * gconf)
|
|
{
|
|
Size size;
|
|
Size valsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
size = 0;
|
|
|
|
size = add_size(size, strlen(gconf->name) + 1);
|
|
|
|
/* Get the maximum display length of the GUC value. */
|
|
switch (gconf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
valsize = 5; /* max(strlen('true'), strlen('false')) */
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Instead of getting the exact display length, use max
|
|
* length. Also reduce the max length for typical ranges of
|
|
* small values. Maximum value is 2147483647, i.e. 10 chars.
|
|
* Include one byte for sign.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (abs(*conf->variable) < 1000)
|
|
valsize = 3 + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
valsize = 10 + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We are going to print it with %.17g. Account for sign,
|
|
* decimal point, and e+nnn notation. E.g.
|
|
* -3.9932904234000002e+110
|
|
*/
|
|
valsize = REALTYPE_PRECISION + 1 + 1 + 5;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
valsize = strlen(*conf->variable);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
valsize = strlen(config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Allow space for terminating zero-byte */
|
|
size = add_size(size, valsize + 1);
|
|
|
|
if (gconf->sourcefile)
|
|
size = add_size(size, strlen(gconf->sourcefile));
|
|
|
|
/* Allow space for terminating zero-byte */
|
|
size = add_size(size, 1);
|
|
|
|
/* Include line whenever we include file. */
|
|
if (gconf->sourcefile)
|
|
size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
|
|
|
|
size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->source));
|
|
size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->scontext));
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* EstimateGUCStateSpace:
|
|
* Returns the size needed to store the GUC state for the current process
|
|
*/
|
|
Size
|
|
EstimateGUCStateSpace(void)
|
|
{
|
|
Size size;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* Add space reqd for saving the data size of the guc state */
|
|
size = sizeof(Size);
|
|
|
|
/* Add up the space needed for each GUC variable */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
size = add_size(size,
|
|
estimate_variable_size(guc_variables[i]));
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* do_serialize:
|
|
* Copies the formatted string into the destination. Moves ahead the
|
|
* destination pointer, and decrements the maxbytes by that many bytes. If
|
|
* maxbytes is not sufficient to copy the string, error out.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, const char *fmt,...)
|
|
{
|
|
va_list vargs;
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
if (*maxbytes <= 0)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
|
|
|
|
va_start(vargs, fmt);
|
|
n = vsnprintf(*destptr, *maxbytes, fmt, vargs);
|
|
va_end(vargs);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Cater to portability hazards in the vsnprintf() return value just like
|
|
* appendPQExpBufferVA() does. Note that this requires an extra byte of
|
|
* slack at the end of the buffer. Since serialize_variable() ends with a
|
|
* do_serialize_binary() rather than a do_serialize(), we'll always have
|
|
* that slack; estimate_variable_size() need not add a byte for it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (n < 0 || n >= *maxbytes - 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (n < 0 && errno != 0 && errno != ENOMEM)
|
|
/* Shouldn't happen. Better show errno description. */
|
|
elog(ERROR, "vsnprintf failed: %m");
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Shift the destptr ahead of the null terminator */
|
|
*destptr += n + 1;
|
|
*maxbytes -= n + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Binary copy version of do_serialize() */
|
|
static void
|
|
do_serialize_binary(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, void *val, Size valsize)
|
|
{
|
|
if (valsize > *maxbytes)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
|
|
|
|
memcpy(*destptr, val, valsize);
|
|
*destptr += valsize;
|
|
*maxbytes -= valsize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* serialize_variable:
|
|
* Dumps name, value and other information of a GUC variable into destptr.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
serialize_variable(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
|
|
struct config_generic * gconf)
|
|
{
|
|
if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s", gconf->name);
|
|
|
|
switch (gconf->vartype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PGC_BOOL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes,
|
|
(*conf->variable ? "true" : "false"));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_INT:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%d", *conf->variable);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_REAL:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%.*g",
|
|
REALTYPE_PRECISION, *conf->variable);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_STRING:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s", *conf->variable);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PGC_ENUM:
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
|
|
|
|
do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
|
|
config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
|
|
(gconf->sourcefile ? gconf->sourcefile : ""));
|
|
|
|
if (gconf->sourcefile)
|
|
do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->sourceline,
|
|
sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
|
|
|
|
do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->source,
|
|
sizeof(gconf->source));
|
|
do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->scontext,
|
|
sizeof(gconf->scontext));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SerializeGUCState:
|
|
* Dumps the complete GUC state onto the memory location at start_address.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
SerializeGUCState(Size maxsize, char *start_address)
|
|
{
|
|
char *curptr;
|
|
Size actual_size;
|
|
Size bytes_left;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int i_role = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* Reserve space for saving the actual size of the guc state */
|
|
Assert(maxsize > sizeof(actual_size));
|
|
curptr = start_address + sizeof(actual_size);
|
|
bytes_left = maxsize - sizeof(actual_size);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* It's pretty ugly, but we've got to force "role" to be initialized
|
|
* after "session_authorization"; otherwise, the latter will override
|
|
* the former.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (strcmp(guc_variables[i]->name, "role") == 0)
|
|
i_role = i;
|
|
else
|
|
serialize_variable(&curptr, &bytes_left, guc_variables[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
if (i_role >= 0)
|
|
serialize_variable(&curptr, &bytes_left, guc_variables[i_role]);
|
|
|
|
/* Store actual size without assuming alignment of start_address. */
|
|
actual_size = maxsize - bytes_left - sizeof(actual_size);
|
|
memcpy(start_address, &actual_size, sizeof(actual_size));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* read_gucstate:
|
|
* Actually it does not read anything, just returns the srcptr. But it does
|
|
* move the srcptr past the terminating zero byte, so that the caller is ready
|
|
* to read the next string.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
read_gucstate(char **srcptr, char *srcend)
|
|
{
|
|
char *retptr = *srcptr;
|
|
char *ptr;
|
|
|
|
if (*srcptr >= srcend)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
|
|
|
|
/* The string variables are all null terminated */
|
|
for (ptr = *srcptr; ptr < srcend && *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
if (ptr > srcend)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "could not find null terminator in GUC state");
|
|
|
|
/* Set the new position to the byte following the terminating NUL */
|
|
*srcptr = ptr + 1;
|
|
|
|
return retptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Binary read version of read_gucstate(). Copies into dest */
|
|
static void
|
|
read_gucstate_binary(char **srcptr, char *srcend, void *dest, Size size)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*srcptr + size > srcend)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
|
|
|
|
memcpy(dest, *srcptr, size);
|
|
*srcptr += size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* RestoreGUCState:
|
|
* Reads the GUC state at the specified address and updates the GUCs with the
|
|
* values read from the GUC state.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
RestoreGUCState(void *gucstate)
|
|
{
|
|
char *varname,
|
|
*varvalue,
|
|
*varsourcefile;
|
|
int varsourceline;
|
|
GucSource varsource;
|
|
GucContext varscontext;
|
|
char *srcptr = (char *) gucstate;
|
|
char *srcend;
|
|
Size len;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* See comment at can_skip_gucvar(). */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_guc_variables; i++)
|
|
if (!can_skip_gucvar(guc_variables[i]))
|
|
InitializeOneGUCOption(guc_variables[i]);
|
|
|
|
/* First item is the length of the subsequent data */
|
|
memcpy(&len, gucstate, sizeof(len));
|
|
|
|
srcptr += sizeof(len);
|
|
srcend = srcptr + len;
|
|
|
|
while (srcptr < srcend)
|
|
{
|
|
int result;
|
|
|
|
if ((varname = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend)) == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
varvalue = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
|
|
varsourcefile = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
|
|
if (varsourcefile[0])
|
|
read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
|
|
&varsourceline, sizeof(varsourceline));
|
|
read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
|
|
&varsource, sizeof(varsource));
|
|
read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
|
|
&varscontext, sizeof(varscontext));
|
|
|
|
result = set_config_option(varname, varvalue, varscontext, varsource,
|
|
GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, true);
|
|
if (result <= 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("parameter \"%s\" could not be set", varname)));
|
|
if (varsourcefile[0])
|
|
set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A little "long argument" simulation, although not quite GNU
|
|
* compliant. Takes a string of the form "some-option=some value" and
|
|
* returns name = "some_option" and value = "some value" in malloc'ed
|
|
* storage. Note that '-' is converted to '_' in the option name. If
|
|
* there is no '=' in the input string then value will be NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ParseLongOption(const char *string, char **name, char **value)
|
|
{
|
|
size_t equal_pos;
|
|
char *cp;
|
|
|
|
AssertArg(string);
|
|
AssertArg(name);
|
|
AssertArg(value);
|
|
|
|
equal_pos = strcspn(string, "=");
|
|
|
|
if (string[equal_pos] == '=')
|
|
{
|
|
*name = guc_malloc(FATAL, equal_pos + 1);
|
|
strlcpy(*name, string, equal_pos + 1);
|
|
|
|
*value = guc_strdup(FATAL, &string[equal_pos + 1]);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* no equal sign in string */
|
|
*name = guc_strdup(FATAL, string);
|
|
*value = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (cp = *name; *cp; cp++)
|
|
if (*cp == '-')
|
|
*cp = '_';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle options fetched from pg_db_role_setting.setconfig,
|
|
* pg_proc.proconfig, etc. Caller must specify proper context/source/action.
|
|
*
|
|
* The array parameter must be an array of TEXT (it must not be NULL).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ProcessGUCArray(ArrayType *array,
|
|
GucContext context, GucSource source, GucAction action)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
Assert(array != NULL);
|
|
Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
|
|
Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
|
|
Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum d;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
char *s;
|
|
char *name;
|
|
char *value;
|
|
|
|
d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
|
|
-1 /* varlenarray */ ,
|
|
-1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
|
|
false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
|
|
'i' /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
|
|
&isnull);
|
|
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
s = TextDatumGetCString(d);
|
|
|
|
ParseLongOption(s, &name, &value);
|
|
if (!value)
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(WARNING,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("could not parse setting for parameter \"%s\"",
|
|
name)));
|
|
free(name);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, value,
|
|
context, source,
|
|
action, true, 0, false);
|
|
|
|
free(name);
|
|
if (value)
|
|
free(value);
|
|
pfree(s);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add an entry to an option array. The array parameter may be NULL
|
|
* to indicate the current table entry is NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
ArrayType *
|
|
GUCArrayAdd(ArrayType *array, const char *name, const char *value)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
Datum datum;
|
|
char *newval;
|
|
ArrayType *a;
|
|
|
|
Assert(name);
|
|
Assert(value);
|
|
|
|
/* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
|
|
(void) validate_option_array_item(name, value, false);
|
|
|
|
/* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
|
|
record = find_option(name, false, WARNING);
|
|
if (record)
|
|
name = record->name;
|
|
|
|
/* build new item for array */
|
|
newval = psprintf("%s=%s", name, value);
|
|
datum = CStringGetTextDatum(newval);
|
|
|
|
if (array)
|
|
{
|
|
int index;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
|
|
Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
|
|
Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
|
|
|
|
index = ARR_DIMS(array)[0] + 1; /* add after end */
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum d;
|
|
char *current;
|
|
|
|
d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
|
|
-1 /* varlenarray */ ,
|
|
-1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
|
|
false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
|
|
'i' /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
|
|
&isnull);
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
continue;
|
|
current = TextDatumGetCString(d);
|
|
|
|
/* check for match up through and including '=' */
|
|
if (strncmp(current, newval, strlen(name) + 1) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
index = i;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
a = array_set(array, 1, &index,
|
|
datum,
|
|
false,
|
|
-1 /* varlena array */ ,
|
|
-1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
|
|
false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
|
|
'i' /* TEXT's typalign */ );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
a = construct_array(&datum, 1,
|
|
TEXTOID,
|
|
-1, false, 'i');
|
|
|
|
return a;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete an entry from an option array. The array parameter may be NULL
|
|
* to indicate the current table entry is NULL. Also, if the return value
|
|
* is NULL then a null should be stored.
|
|
*/
|
|
ArrayType *
|
|
GUCArrayDelete(ArrayType *array, const char *name)
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *record;
|
|
ArrayType *newarray;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int index;
|
|
|
|
Assert(name);
|
|
|
|
/* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
|
|
(void) validate_option_array_item(name, NULL, false);
|
|
|
|
/* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
|
|
record = find_option(name, false, WARNING);
|
|
if (record)
|
|
name = record->name;
|
|
|
|
/* if array is currently null, then surely nothing to delete */
|
|
if (!array)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
newarray = NULL;
|
|
index = 1;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum d;
|
|
char *val;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
|
|
d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
|
|
-1 /* varlenarray */ ,
|
|
-1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
|
|
false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
|
|
'i' /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
|
|
&isnull);
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
continue;
|
|
val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
|
|
|
|
/* ignore entry if it's what we want to delete */
|
|
if (strncmp(val, name, strlen(name)) == 0
|
|
&& val[strlen(name)] == '=')
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* else add it to the output array */
|
|
if (newarray)
|
|
newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
|
|
d,
|
|
false,
|
|
-1 /* varlenarray */ ,
|
|
-1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
|
|
false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
|
|
'i' /* TEXT's typalign */ );
|
|
else
|
|
newarray = construct_array(&d, 1,
|
|
TEXTOID,
|
|
-1, false, 'i');
|
|
|
|
index++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return newarray;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Given a GUC array, delete all settings from it that our permission
|
|
* level allows: if superuser, delete them all; if regular user, only
|
|
* those that are PGC_USERSET
|
|
*/
|
|
ArrayType *
|
|
GUCArrayReset(ArrayType *array)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *newarray;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int index;
|
|
|
|
/* if array is currently null, nothing to do */
|
|
if (!array)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* if we're superuser, we can delete everything, so just do it */
|
|
if (superuser())
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
newarray = NULL;
|
|
index = 1;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum d;
|
|
char *val;
|
|
char *eqsgn;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
|
|
d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
|
|
-1 /* varlenarray */ ,
|
|
-1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
|
|
false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
|
|
'i' /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
|
|
&isnull);
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
continue;
|
|
val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
|
|
|
|
eqsgn = strchr(val, '=');
|
|
*eqsgn = '\0';
|
|
|
|
/* skip if we have permission to delete it */
|
|
if (validate_option_array_item(val, NULL, true))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* else add it to the output array */
|
|
if (newarray)
|
|
newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
|
|
d,
|
|
false,
|
|
-1 /* varlenarray */ ,
|
|
-1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
|
|
false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
|
|
'i' /* TEXT's typalign */ );
|
|
else
|
|
newarray = construct_array(&d, 1,
|
|
TEXTOID,
|
|
-1, false, 'i');
|
|
|
|
index++;
|
|
pfree(val);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return newarray;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Validate a proposed option setting for GUCArrayAdd/Delete/Reset.
|
|
*
|
|
* name is the option name. value is the proposed value for the Add case,
|
|
* or NULL for the Delete/Reset cases. If skipIfNoPermissions is true, it's
|
|
* not an error to have no permissions to set the option.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns TRUE if OK, FALSE if skipIfNoPermissions is true and user does not
|
|
* have permission to change this option (all other error cases result in an
|
|
* error being thrown).
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
|
|
bool skipIfNoPermissions)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
struct config_generic *gconf;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* There are three cases to consider:
|
|
*
|
|
* name is a known GUC variable. Check the value normally, check
|
|
* permissions normally (ie, allow if variable is USERSET, or if it's
|
|
* SUSET and user is superuser).
|
|
*
|
|
* name is not known, but exists or can be created as a placeholder (i.e.,
|
|
* it has a prefixed name). We allow this case if you're a superuser,
|
|
* otherwise not. Superusers are assumed to know what they're doing. We
|
|
* can't allow it for other users, because when the placeholder is
|
|
* resolved it might turn out to be a SUSET variable;
|
|
* define_custom_variable assumes we checked that.
|
|
*
|
|
* name is not known and can't be created as a placeholder. Throw error,
|
|
* unless skipIfNoPermissions is true, in which case return FALSE.
|
|
*/
|
|
gconf = find_option(name, true, WARNING);
|
|
if (!gconf)
|
|
{
|
|
/* not known, failed to make a placeholder */
|
|
if (skipIfNoPermissions)
|
|
return false;
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
|
|
errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
|
|
name)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (gconf->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We cannot do any meaningful check on the value, so only permissions
|
|
* are useful to check.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (superuser())
|
|
return true;
|
|
if (skipIfNoPermissions)
|
|
return false;
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
|
|
errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"", name)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* manual permissions check so we can avoid an error being thrown */
|
|
if (gconf->context == PGC_USERSET)
|
|
/* ok */ ;
|
|
else if (gconf->context == PGC_SUSET && superuser())
|
|
/* ok */ ;
|
|
else if (skipIfNoPermissions)
|
|
return false;
|
|
/* if a permissions error should be thrown, let set_config_option do it */
|
|
|
|
/* test for permissions and valid option value */
|
|
(void) set_config_option(name, value,
|
|
superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET,
|
|
PGC_S_TEST, GUC_ACTION_SET, false, 0, false);
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called by check_hooks that want to override the normal
|
|
* ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE SQLSTATE for check hook failures.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that GUC_check_errmsg() etc are just macros that result in a direct
|
|
* assignment to the associated variables. That is ugly, but forced by the
|
|
* limitations of C's macro mechanisms.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
GUC_check_errcode(int sqlerrcode)
|
|
{
|
|
GUC_check_errcode_value = sqlerrcode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convenience functions to manage calling a variable's check_hook.
|
|
* These mostly take care of the protocol for letting check hooks supply
|
|
* portions of the error report on failure.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
call_bool_check_hook(struct config_bool * conf, bool *newval, void **extra,
|
|
GucSource source, int elevel)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Quick success if no hook */
|
|
if (!conf->check_hook)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
/* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
|
|
GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!(*conf->check_hook) (newval, extra, source))
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
|
|
errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
|
|
errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
|
|
conf->gen.name, (int) *newval),
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
|
|
errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string ?
|
|
errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
|
|
/* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
|
|
FlushErrorState();
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
call_int_check_hook(struct config_int * conf, int *newval, void **extra,
|
|
GucSource source, int elevel)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Quick success if no hook */
|
|
if (!conf->check_hook)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
/* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
|
|
GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!(*conf->check_hook) (newval, extra, source))
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
|
|
errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
|
|
errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
|
|
conf->gen.name, *newval),
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
|
|
errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string ?
|
|
errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
|
|
/* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
|
|
FlushErrorState();
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
call_real_check_hook(struct config_real * conf, double *newval, void **extra,
|
|
GucSource source, int elevel)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Quick success if no hook */
|
|
if (!conf->check_hook)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
/* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
|
|
GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!(*conf->check_hook) (newval, extra, source))
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
|
|
errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
|
|
errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %g",
|
|
conf->gen.name, *newval),
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
|
|
errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string ?
|
|
errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
|
|
/* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
|
|
FlushErrorState();
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
call_string_check_hook(struct config_string * conf, char **newval, void **extra,
|
|
GucSource source, int elevel)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Quick success if no hook */
|
|
if (!conf->check_hook)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
/* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
|
|
GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!(*conf->check_hook) (newval, extra, source))
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
|
|
errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
|
|
errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
|
|
conf->gen.name, *newval ? *newval : ""),
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
|
|
errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string ?
|
|
errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
|
|
/* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
|
|
FlushErrorState();
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
call_enum_check_hook(struct config_enum * conf, int *newval, void **extra,
|
|
GucSource source, int elevel)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Quick success if no hook */
|
|
if (!conf->check_hook)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
/* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
|
|
GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!(*conf->check_hook) (newval, extra, source))
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(elevel,
|
|
(errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
|
|
errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
|
|
errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
|
|
conf->gen.name,
|
|
config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *newval)),
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
|
|
errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
|
|
GUC_check_errhint_string ?
|
|
errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
|
|
/* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
|
|
FlushErrorState();
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* check_hook, assign_hook and show_hook subroutines
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_log_destination(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
char *rawstring;
|
|
List *elemlist;
|
|
ListCell *l;
|
|
int newlogdest = 0;
|
|
int *myextra;
|
|
|
|
/* Need a modifiable copy of string */
|
|
rawstring = pstrdup(*newval);
|
|
|
|
/* Parse string into list of identifiers */
|
|
if (!SplitIdentifierString(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
|
|
{
|
|
/* syntax error in list */
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail("List syntax is invalid.");
|
|
pfree(rawstring);
|
|
list_free(elemlist);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
foreach(l, elemlist)
|
|
{
|
|
char *tok = (char *) lfirst(l);
|
|
|
|
if (pg_strcasecmp(tok, "stderr") == 0)
|
|
newlogdest |= LOG_DESTINATION_STDERR;
|
|
else if (pg_strcasecmp(tok, "csvlog") == 0)
|
|
newlogdest |= LOG_DESTINATION_CSVLOG;
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
|
|
else if (pg_strcasecmp(tok, "syslog") == 0)
|
|
newlogdest |= LOG_DESTINATION_SYSLOG;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef WIN32
|
|
else if (pg_strcasecmp(tok, "eventlog") == 0)
|
|
newlogdest |= LOG_DESTINATION_EVENTLOG;
|
|
#endif
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail("Unrecognized key word: \"%s\".", tok);
|
|
pfree(rawstring);
|
|
list_free(elemlist);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pfree(rawstring);
|
|
list_free(elemlist);
|
|
|
|
myextra = (int *) guc_malloc(ERROR, sizeof(int));
|
|
*myextra = newlogdest;
|
|
*extra = (void *) myextra;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_log_destination(const char *newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
Log_destination = *((int *) extra);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_syslog_facility(int newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
|
|
set_syslog_parameters(syslog_ident_str ? syslog_ident_str : "postgres",
|
|
newval);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Without syslog support, just ignore it */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_syslog_ident(const char *newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
|
|
set_syslog_parameters(newval, syslog_facility);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Without syslog support, it will always be set to "none", so ignore */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_session_replication_role(int newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Must flush the plan cache when changing replication role; but don't
|
|
* flush unnecessarily.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (SessionReplicationRole != newval)
|
|
ResetPlanCache();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_temp_buffers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Once local buffers have been initialized, it's too late to change this.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NLocBuffer && NLocBuffer != *newval)
|
|
{
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail("\"temp_buffers\" cannot be changed after any temporary tables have been accessed in the session.");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_bonjour(bool *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifndef USE_BONJOUR
|
|
if (*newval)
|
|
{
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg("Bonjour is not supported by this build");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_ssl(bool *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifndef USE_SSL
|
|
if (*newval)
|
|
{
|
|
GUC_check_errmsg("SSL is not supported by this build");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_stage_log_stats(bool *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*newval && log_statement_stats)
|
|
{
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail("Cannot enable parameter when \"log_statement_stats\" is true.");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_log_stats(bool *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*newval &&
|
|
(log_parser_stats || log_planner_stats || log_executor_stats))
|
|
{
|
|
GUC_check_errdetail("Cannot enable \"log_statement_stats\" when "
|
|
"\"log_parser_stats\", \"log_planner_stats\", "
|
|
"or \"log_executor_stats\" is true.");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_canonical_path(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Since canonicalize_path never enlarges the string, we can just modify
|
|
* newval in-place. But watch out for NULL, which is the default value
|
|
* for external_pid_file.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*newval)
|
|
canonicalize_path(*newval);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_timezone_abbreviations(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The boot_val given above for timezone_abbreviations is NULL. When we
|
|
* see this we just do nothing. If this value isn't overridden from the
|
|
* config file then pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize() will eventually
|
|
* replace it with "Default". This hack has two purposes: to avoid
|
|
* wasting cycles loading values that might soon be overridden from the
|
|
* config file, and to avoid trying to read the timezone abbrev files
|
|
* during InitializeGUCOptions(). The latter doesn't work in an
|
|
* EXEC_BACKEND subprocess because my_exec_path hasn't been set yet and so
|
|
* we can't locate PGSHAREDIR.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*newval == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
Assert(source == PGC_S_DEFAULT);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* OK, load the file and produce a malloc'd TimeZoneAbbrevTable */
|
|
*extra = load_tzoffsets(*newval);
|
|
|
|
/* tzparser.c returns NULL on failure, reporting via GUC_check_errmsg */
|
|
if (!*extra)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_timezone_abbreviations(const char *newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Do nothing for the boot_val default of NULL */
|
|
if (!extra)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
InstallTimeZoneAbbrevs((TimeZoneAbbrevTable *) extra);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize --- set default value if not done already
|
|
*
|
|
* This is called after initial loading of postgresql.conf. If no
|
|
* timezone_abbreviations setting was found therein, select default.
|
|
* If a non-default value is already installed, nothing will happen.
|
|
*
|
|
* This can also be called from ProcessConfigFile to establish the default
|
|
* value after a postgresql.conf entry for it is removed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void)
|
|
{
|
|
SetConfigOption("timezone_abbreviations", "Default",
|
|
PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const char *
|
|
show_archive_command(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (XLogArchivingActive())
|
|
return XLogArchiveCommand;
|
|
else
|
|
return "(disabled)";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_tcp_keepalives_idle(int newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The kernel API provides no way to test a value without setting it; and
|
|
* once we set it we might fail to unset it. So there seems little point
|
|
* in fully implementing the check-then-assign GUC API for these
|
|
* variables. Instead we just do the assignment on demand. pqcomm.c
|
|
* reports any problems via elog(LOG).
|
|
*
|
|
* This approach means that the GUC value might have little to do with the
|
|
* actual kernel value, so we use a show_hook that retrieves the kernel
|
|
* value rather than trusting GUC's copy.
|
|
*/
|
|
(void) pq_setkeepalivesidle(newval, MyProcPort);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const char *
|
|
show_tcp_keepalives_idle(void)
|
|
{
|
|
/* See comments in assign_tcp_keepalives_idle */
|
|
static char nbuf[16];
|
|
|
|
snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%d", pq_getkeepalivesidle(MyProcPort));
|
|
return nbuf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_tcp_keepalives_interval(int newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
/* See comments in assign_tcp_keepalives_idle */
|
|
(void) pq_setkeepalivesinterval(newval, MyProcPort);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const char *
|
|
show_tcp_keepalives_interval(void)
|
|
{
|
|
/* See comments in assign_tcp_keepalives_idle */
|
|
static char nbuf[16];
|
|
|
|
snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%d", pq_getkeepalivesinterval(MyProcPort));
|
|
return nbuf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_tcp_keepalives_count(int newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
/* See comments in assign_tcp_keepalives_idle */
|
|
(void) pq_setkeepalivescount(newval, MyProcPort);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const char *
|
|
show_tcp_keepalives_count(void)
|
|
{
|
|
/* See comments in assign_tcp_keepalives_idle */
|
|
static char nbuf[16];
|
|
|
|
snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%d", pq_getkeepalivescount(MyProcPort));
|
|
return nbuf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_maxconnections(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*newval + autovacuum_max_workers + 1 +
|
|
max_worker_processes > MAX_BACKENDS)
|
|
return false;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_autovacuum_max_workers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MaxConnections + *newval + 1 + max_worker_processes > MAX_BACKENDS)
|
|
return false;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_autovacuum_work_mem(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* -1 indicates fallback.
|
|
*
|
|
* If we haven't yet changed the boot_val default of -1, just let it be.
|
|
* Autovacuum will look to maintenance_work_mem instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*newval == -1)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We clamp manually-set values to at least 1MB. Since
|
|
* maintenance_work_mem is always set to at least this value, do the same
|
|
* here.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*newval < 1024)
|
|
*newval = 1024;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_max_worker_processes(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MaxConnections + autovacuum_max_workers + 1 + *newval > MAX_BACKENDS)
|
|
return false;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_effective_io_concurrency(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef USE_PREFETCH
|
|
double new_prefetch_pages;
|
|
|
|
if (ComputeIoConcurrency(*newval, &new_prefetch_pages))
|
|
{
|
|
int *myextra = (int *) guc_malloc(ERROR, sizeof(int));
|
|
|
|
*myextra = (int) rint(new_prefetch_pages);
|
|
*extra = (void *) myextra;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return false;
|
|
#else
|
|
return true;
|
|
#endif /* USE_PREFETCH */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_effective_io_concurrency(int newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef USE_PREFETCH
|
|
target_prefetch_pages = *((int *) extra);
|
|
#endif /* USE_PREFETCH */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_pgstat_temp_directory(const char *newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
/* check_canonical_path already canonicalized newval for us */
|
|
char *dname;
|
|
char *tname;
|
|
char *fname;
|
|
|
|
/* directory */
|
|
dname = guc_malloc(ERROR, strlen(newval) + 1); /* runtime dir */
|
|
sprintf(dname, "%s", newval);
|
|
|
|
/* global stats */
|
|
tname = guc_malloc(ERROR, strlen(newval) + 12); /* /global.tmp */
|
|
sprintf(tname, "%s/global.tmp", newval);
|
|
fname = guc_malloc(ERROR, strlen(newval) + 13); /* /global.stat */
|
|
sprintf(fname, "%s/global.stat", newval);
|
|
|
|
if (pgstat_stat_directory)
|
|
free(pgstat_stat_directory);
|
|
pgstat_stat_directory = dname;
|
|
if (pgstat_stat_tmpname)
|
|
free(pgstat_stat_tmpname);
|
|
pgstat_stat_tmpname = tname;
|
|
if (pgstat_stat_filename)
|
|
free(pgstat_stat_filename);
|
|
pgstat_stat_filename = fname;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_application_name(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Only allow clean ASCII chars in the application name */
|
|
char *p;
|
|
|
|
for (p = *newval; *p; p++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p < 32 || *p > 126)
|
|
*p = '?';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_application_name(const char *newval, void *extra)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Update the pg_stat_activity view */
|
|
pgstat_report_appname(newval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
check_cluster_name(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Only allow clean ASCII chars in the cluster name */
|
|
char *p;
|
|
|
|
for (p = *newval; *p; p++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p < 32 || *p > 126)
|
|
*p = '?';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const char *
|
|
show_unix_socket_permissions(void)
|
|
{
|
|
static char buf[8];
|
|
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%04o", Unix_socket_permissions);
|
|
return buf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const char *
|
|
show_log_file_mode(void)
|
|
{
|
|
static char buf[8];
|
|
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%04o", Log_file_mode);
|
|
return buf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#include "guc-file.c"
|